| 1 | //===---------------- SemaCodeComplete.cpp - Code Completion ----*- C++ -*-===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
| 6 | // |
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8 | // |
| 9 | // This file defines the code-completion semantic actions. |
| 10 | // |
| 11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 12 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConcept.h" |
| 13 | #include "clang/AST/Decl.h" |
| 14 | #include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h" |
| 15 | #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" |
| 16 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" |
| 17 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" |
| 18 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" |
| 19 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" |
| 20 | #include "clang/AST/ExprConcepts.h" |
| 21 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" |
| 22 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" |
| 23 | #include "clang/AST/QualTypeNames.h" |
| 24 | #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" |
| 25 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" |
| 26 | #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h" |
| 27 | #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h" |
| 28 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
| 29 | #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" |
| 30 | #include "clang/Lex/MacroInfo.h" |
| 31 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" |
| 32 | #include "clang/Sema/CodeCompleteConsumer.h" |
| 33 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" |
| 34 | #include "clang/Sema/Designator.h" |
| 35 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" |
| 36 | #include "clang/Sema/Overload.h" |
| 37 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" |
| 38 | #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" |
| 39 | #include "clang/Sema/Sema.h" |
| 40 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" |
| 41 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
| 42 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h" |
| 43 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h" |
| 44 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" |
| 45 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" |
| 46 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" |
| 47 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h" |
| 48 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" |
| 49 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
| 50 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
| 51 | #include "llvm/Support/Path.h" |
| 52 | #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" |
| 53 | #include <list> |
| 54 | #include <map> |
| 55 | #include <string> |
| 56 | #include <vector> |
| 57 | |
| 58 | using namespace clang; |
| 59 | using namespace sema; |
| 60 | |
| 61 | namespace { |
| 62 | /// A container of code-completion results. |
| 63 | class ResultBuilder { |
| 64 | public: |
| 65 | /// The type of a name-lookup filter, which can be provided to the |
| 66 | /// name-lookup routines to specify which declarations should be included in |
| 67 | /// the result set (when it returns true) and which declarations should be |
| 68 | /// filtered out (returns false). |
| 69 | typedef bool (ResultBuilder::*LookupFilter)(const NamedDecl *) const; |
| 70 | |
| 71 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 72 | |
| 73 | private: |
| 74 | /// The actual results we have found. |
| 75 | std::vector<Result> Results; |
| 76 | |
| 77 | /// A record of all of the declarations we have found and placed |
| 78 | /// into the result set, used to ensure that no declaration ever gets into |
| 79 | /// the result set twice. |
| 80 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl *, 16> AllDeclsFound; |
| 81 | |
| 82 | typedef std::pair<const NamedDecl *, unsigned> DeclIndexPair; |
| 83 | |
| 84 | /// An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store |
| 85 | /// a single (declaration, index) mapping (the common case) but |
| 86 | /// can also store a list of (declaration, index) mappings. |
| 87 | class ShadowMapEntry { |
| 88 | typedef SmallVector<DeclIndexPair, 4> DeclIndexPairVector; |
| 89 | |
| 90 | /// Contains either the solitary NamedDecl * or a vector |
| 91 | /// of (declaration, index) pairs. |
| 92 | llvm::PointerUnion<const NamedDecl *, DeclIndexPairVector *> DeclOrVector; |
| 93 | |
| 94 | /// When the entry contains a single declaration, this is |
| 95 | /// the index associated with that entry. |
| 96 | unsigned SingleDeclIndex; |
| 97 | |
| 98 | public: |
| 99 | ShadowMapEntry() : DeclOrVector(), SingleDeclIndex(0) {} |
| 100 | ShadowMapEntry(const ShadowMapEntry &) = delete; |
| 101 | ShadowMapEntry(ShadowMapEntry &&Move) { *this = std::move(Move); } |
| 102 | ShadowMapEntry &operator=(const ShadowMapEntry &) = delete; |
| 103 | ShadowMapEntry &operator=(ShadowMapEntry &&Move) { |
| 104 | SingleDeclIndex = Move.SingleDeclIndex; |
| 105 | DeclOrVector = Move.DeclOrVector; |
| 106 | Move.DeclOrVector = nullptr; |
| 107 | return *this; |
| 108 | } |
| 109 | |
| 110 | void Add(const NamedDecl *ND, unsigned Index) { |
| 111 | if (DeclOrVector.isNull()) { |
| 112 | // 0 - > 1 elements: just set the single element information. |
| 113 | DeclOrVector = ND; |
| 114 | SingleDeclIndex = Index; |
| 115 | return; |
| 116 | } |
| 117 | |
| 118 | if (const NamedDecl *PrevND = |
| 119 | DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>()) { |
| 120 | // 1 -> 2 elements: create the vector of results and push in the |
| 121 | // existing declaration. |
| 122 | DeclIndexPairVector *Vec = new DeclIndexPairVector; |
| 123 | Vec->push_back(DeclIndexPair(PrevND, SingleDeclIndex)); |
| 124 | DeclOrVector = Vec; |
| 125 | } |
| 126 | |
| 127 | // Add the new element to the end of the vector. |
| 128 | DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->push_back( |
| 129 | DeclIndexPair(ND, Index)); |
| 130 | } |
| 131 | |
| 132 | ~ShadowMapEntry() { |
| 133 | if (DeclIndexPairVector *Vec = |
| 134 | DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<DeclIndexPairVector *>()) { |
| 135 | delete Vec; |
| 136 | DeclOrVector = ((NamedDecl *)nullptr); |
| 137 | } |
| 138 | } |
| 139 | |
| 140 | // Iteration. |
| 141 | class iterator; |
| 142 | iterator begin() const; |
| 143 | iterator end() const; |
| 144 | }; |
| 145 | |
| 146 | /// A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have |
| 147 | /// this name within a particular scope and their index within the list of |
| 148 | /// results. |
| 149 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap; |
| 150 | |
| 151 | /// The semantic analysis object for which results are being |
| 152 | /// produced. |
| 153 | Sema &SemaRef; |
| 154 | |
| 155 | /// The allocator used to allocate new code-completion strings. |
| 156 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator; |
| 157 | |
| 158 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo; |
| 159 | |
| 160 | /// If non-NULL, a filter function used to remove any code-completion |
| 161 | /// results that are not desirable. |
| 162 | LookupFilter Filter; |
| 163 | |
| 164 | /// Whether we should allow declarations as |
| 165 | /// nested-name-specifiers that would otherwise be filtered out. |
| 166 | bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers; |
| 167 | |
| 168 | /// If set, the type that we would prefer our resulting value |
| 169 | /// declarations to have. |
| 170 | /// |
| 171 | /// Closely matching the preferred type gives a boost to a result's |
| 172 | /// priority. |
| 173 | CanQualType PreferredType; |
| 174 | |
| 175 | /// A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding at |
| 176 | /// different levels of, e.g., the inheritance hierarchy. |
| 177 | std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps; |
| 178 | |
| 179 | /// Overloaded C++ member functions found by SemaLookup. |
| 180 | /// Used to determine when one overload is dominated by another. |
| 181 | llvm::DenseMap<std::pair<DeclContext *, /*Name*/uintptr_t>, ShadowMapEntry> |
| 182 | OverloadMap; |
| 183 | |
| 184 | /// If we're potentially referring to a C++ member function, the set |
| 185 | /// of qualifiers applied to the object type. |
| 186 | Qualifiers ObjectTypeQualifiers; |
| 187 | /// The kind of the object expression, for rvalue/lvalue overloads. |
| 188 | ExprValueKind ObjectKind; |
| 189 | |
| 190 | /// Whether the \p ObjectTypeQualifiers field is active. |
| 191 | bool HasObjectTypeQualifiers; |
| 192 | |
| 193 | /// The selector that we prefer. |
| 194 | Selector PreferredSelector; |
| 195 | |
| 196 | /// The completion context in which we are gathering results. |
| 197 | CodeCompletionContext CompletionContext; |
| 198 | |
| 199 | /// If we are in an instance method definition, the \@implementation |
| 200 | /// object. |
| 201 | ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation; |
| 202 | |
| 203 | void AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(Result &R); |
| 204 | |
| 205 | void MaybeAddConstructorResults(Result R); |
| 206 | |
| 207 | public: |
| 208 | explicit ResultBuilder(Sema &SemaRef, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, |
| 209 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, |
| 210 | const CodeCompletionContext &CompletionContext, |
| 211 | LookupFilter Filter = nullptr) |
| 212 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), Allocator(Allocator), CCTUInfo(CCTUInfo), |
| 213 | Filter(Filter), AllowNestedNameSpecifiers(false), |
| 214 | HasObjectTypeQualifiers(false), CompletionContext(CompletionContext), |
| 215 | ObjCImplementation(nullptr) { |
| 216 | // If this is an Objective-C instance method definition, dig out the |
| 217 | // corresponding implementation. |
| 218 | switch (CompletionContext.getKind()) { |
| 219 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression: |
| 220 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver: |
| 221 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression: |
| 222 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement: |
| 223 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery: |
| 224 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) |
| 225 | if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) |
| 226 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = Method->getClassInterface()) |
| 227 | ObjCImplementation = Interface->getImplementation(); |
| 228 | break; |
| 229 | |
| 230 | default: |
| 231 | break; |
| 232 | } |
| 233 | } |
| 234 | |
| 235 | /// Determine the priority for a reference to the given declaration. |
| 236 | unsigned getBasePriority(const NamedDecl *D); |
| 237 | |
| 238 | /// Whether we should include code patterns in the completion |
| 239 | /// results. |
| 240 | bool includeCodePatterns() const { |
| 241 | return SemaRef.CodeCompleter && |
| 242 | SemaRef.CodeCompleter->includeCodePatterns(); |
| 243 | } |
| 244 | |
| 245 | /// Set the filter used for code-completion results. |
| 246 | void setFilter(LookupFilter Filter) { this->Filter = Filter; } |
| 247 | |
| 248 | Result *data() { return Results.empty() ? nullptr : &Results.front(); } |
| 249 | unsigned size() const { return Results.size(); } |
| 250 | bool empty() const { return Results.empty(); } |
| 251 | |
| 252 | /// Specify the preferred type. |
| 253 | void setPreferredType(QualType T) { |
| 254 | PreferredType = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T); |
| 255 | } |
| 256 | |
| 257 | /// Set the cv-qualifiers on the object type, for us in filtering |
| 258 | /// calls to member functions. |
| 259 | /// |
| 260 | /// When there are qualifiers in this set, they will be used to filter |
| 261 | /// out member functions that aren't available (because there will be a |
| 262 | /// cv-qualifier mismatch) or prefer functions with an exact qualifier |
| 263 | /// match. |
| 264 | void setObjectTypeQualifiers(Qualifiers Quals, ExprValueKind Kind) { |
| 265 | ObjectTypeQualifiers = Quals; |
| 266 | ObjectKind = Kind; |
| 267 | HasObjectTypeQualifiers = true; |
| 268 | } |
| 269 | |
| 270 | /// Set the preferred selector. |
| 271 | /// |
| 272 | /// When an Objective-C method declaration result is added, and that |
| 273 | /// method's selector matches this preferred selector, we give that method |
| 274 | /// a slight priority boost. |
| 275 | void setPreferredSelector(Selector Sel) { PreferredSelector = Sel; } |
| 276 | |
| 277 | /// Retrieve the code-completion context for which results are |
| 278 | /// being collected. |
| 279 | const CodeCompletionContext &getCompletionContext() const { |
| 280 | return CompletionContext; |
| 281 | } |
| 282 | |
| 283 | /// Specify whether nested-name-specifiers are allowed. |
| 284 | void allowNestedNameSpecifiers(bool Allow = true) { |
| 285 | AllowNestedNameSpecifiers = Allow; |
| 286 | } |
| 287 | |
| 288 | /// Return the semantic analysis object for which we are collecting |
| 289 | /// code completion results. |
| 290 | Sema &getSema() const { return SemaRef; } |
| 291 | |
| 292 | /// Retrieve the allocator used to allocate code completion strings. |
| 293 | CodeCompletionAllocator &getAllocator() const { return Allocator; } |
| 294 | |
| 295 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &getCodeCompletionTUInfo() const { return CCTUInfo; } |
| 296 | |
| 297 | /// Determine whether the given declaration is at all interesting |
| 298 | /// as a code-completion result. |
| 299 | /// |
| 300 | /// \param ND the declaration that we are inspecting. |
| 301 | /// |
| 302 | /// \param AsNestedNameSpecifier will be set true if this declaration is |
| 303 | /// only interesting when it is a nested-name-specifier. |
| 304 | bool isInterestingDecl(const NamedDecl *ND, |
| 305 | bool &AsNestedNameSpecifier) const; |
| 306 | |
| 307 | /// Check whether the result is hidden by the Hiding declaration. |
| 308 | /// |
| 309 | /// \returns true if the result is hidden and cannot be found, false if |
| 310 | /// the hidden result could still be found. When false, \p R may be |
| 311 | /// modified to describe how the result can be found (e.g., via extra |
| 312 | /// qualification). |
| 313 | bool CheckHiddenResult(Result &R, DeclContext *CurContext, |
| 314 | const NamedDecl *Hiding); |
| 315 | |
| 316 | /// Add a new result to this result set (if it isn't already in one |
| 317 | /// of the shadow maps), or replace an existing result (for, e.g., a |
| 318 | /// redeclaration). |
| 319 | /// |
| 320 | /// \param R the result to add (if it is unique). |
| 321 | /// |
| 322 | /// \param CurContext the context in which this result will be named. |
| 323 | void MaybeAddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext = nullptr); |
| 324 | |
| 325 | /// Add a new result to this result set, where we already know |
| 326 | /// the hiding declaration (if any). |
| 327 | /// |
| 328 | /// \param R the result to add (if it is unique). |
| 329 | /// |
| 330 | /// \param CurContext the context in which this result will be named. |
| 331 | /// |
| 332 | /// \param Hiding the declaration that hides the result. |
| 333 | /// |
| 334 | /// \param InBaseClass whether the result was found in a base |
| 335 | /// class of the searched context. |
| 336 | void AddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext, NamedDecl *Hiding, |
| 337 | bool InBaseClass); |
| 338 | |
| 339 | /// Add a new non-declaration result to this result set. |
| 340 | void AddResult(Result R); |
| 341 | |
| 342 | /// Enter into a new scope. |
| 343 | void EnterNewScope(); |
| 344 | |
| 345 | /// Exit from the current scope. |
| 346 | void ExitScope(); |
| 347 | |
| 348 | /// Ignore this declaration, if it is seen again. |
| 349 | void Ignore(const Decl *D) { AllDeclsFound.insert(D->getCanonicalDecl()); } |
| 350 | |
| 351 | /// Add a visited context. |
| 352 | void addVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) { |
| 353 | CompletionContext.addVisitedContext(Ctx); |
| 354 | } |
| 355 | |
| 356 | /// \name Name lookup predicates |
| 357 | /// |
| 358 | /// These predicates can be passed to the name lookup functions to filter the |
| 359 | /// results of name lookup. All of the predicates have the same type, so that |
| 360 | /// |
| 361 | //@{ |
| 362 | bool IsOrdinaryName(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 363 | bool IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 364 | bool IsIntegralConstantValue(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 365 | bool IsOrdinaryNonValueName(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 366 | bool IsNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 367 | bool IsEnum(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 368 | bool IsClassOrStruct(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 369 | bool IsUnion(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 370 | bool IsNamespace(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 371 | bool IsNamespaceOrAlias(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 372 | bool IsType(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 373 | bool IsMember(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 374 | bool IsObjCIvar(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 375 | bool IsObjCMessageReceiver(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 376 | bool IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 377 | bool IsObjCCollection(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 378 | bool IsImpossibleToSatisfy(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 379 | //@} |
| 380 | }; |
| 381 | } // namespace |
| 382 | |
| 383 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterReturn(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok) { |
| 384 | if (isa<BlockDecl>(S.CurContext)) { |
| 385 | if (sema::BlockScopeInfo *BSI = S.getCurBlock()) { |
| 386 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
| 387 | Type = BSI->ReturnType; |
| 388 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 389 | } |
| 390 | } else if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) { |
| 391 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
| 392 | Type = Function->getReturnType(); |
| 393 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 394 | } else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(S.CurContext)) { |
| 395 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
| 396 | Type = Method->getReturnType(); |
| 397 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 398 | } |
| 399 | } |
| 400 | |
| 401 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterVariableInit(SourceLocation Tok, Decl *D) { |
| 402 | auto *VD = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D); |
| 403 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
| 404 | Type = VD ? VD->getType() : QualType(); |
| 405 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 406 | } |
| 407 | |
| 408 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterFunctionArgument( |
| 409 | SourceLocation Tok, llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType) { |
| 410 | this->ComputeType = ComputeType; |
| 411 | Type = QualType(); |
| 412 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 413 | } |
| 414 | |
| 415 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterParenExpr(SourceLocation Tok, |
| 416 | SourceLocation LParLoc) { |
| 417 | // expected type for parenthesized expression does not change. |
| 418 | if (ExpectedLoc == LParLoc) |
| 419 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 420 | } |
| 421 | |
| 422 | static QualType getPreferredTypeOfBinaryRHS(Sema &S, Expr *LHS, |
| 423 | tok::TokenKind Op) { |
| 424 | if (!LHS) |
| 425 | return QualType(); |
| 426 | |
| 427 | QualType LHSType = LHS->getType(); |
| 428 | if (LHSType->isPointerType()) { |
| 429 | if (Op == tok::plus || Op == tok::plusequal || Op == tok::minusequal) |
| 430 | return S.getASTContext().getPointerDiffType(); |
| 431 | // Pointer difference is more common than subtracting an int from a pointer. |
| 432 | if (Op == tok::minus) |
| 433 | return LHSType; |
| 434 | } |
| 435 | |
| 436 | switch (Op) { |
| 437 | // No way to infer the type of RHS from LHS. |
| 438 | case tok::comma: |
| 439 | return QualType(); |
| 440 | // Prefer the type of the left operand for all of these. |
| 441 | // Arithmetic operations. |
| 442 | case tok::plus: |
| 443 | case tok::plusequal: |
| 444 | case tok::minus: |
| 445 | case tok::minusequal: |
| 446 | case tok::percent: |
| 447 | case tok::percentequal: |
| 448 | case tok::slash: |
| 449 | case tok::slashequal: |
| 450 | case tok::star: |
| 451 | case tok::starequal: |
| 452 | // Assignment. |
| 453 | case tok::equal: |
| 454 | // Comparison operators. |
| 455 | case tok::equalequal: |
| 456 | case tok::exclaimequal: |
| 457 | case tok::less: |
| 458 | case tok::lessequal: |
| 459 | case tok::greater: |
| 460 | case tok::greaterequal: |
| 461 | case tok::spaceship: |
| 462 | return LHS->getType(); |
| 463 | // Binary shifts are often overloaded, so don't try to guess those. |
| 464 | case tok::greatergreater: |
| 465 | case tok::greatergreaterequal: |
| 466 | case tok::lessless: |
| 467 | case tok::lesslessequal: |
| 468 | if (LHSType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) |
| 469 | return S.getASTContext().IntTy; |
| 470 | return QualType(); |
| 471 | // Logical operators, assume we want bool. |
| 472 | case tok::ampamp: |
| 473 | case tok::pipepipe: |
| 474 | case tok::caretcaret: |
| 475 | return S.getASTContext().BoolTy; |
| 476 | // Operators often used for bit manipulation are typically used with the type |
| 477 | // of the left argument. |
| 478 | case tok::pipe: |
| 479 | case tok::pipeequal: |
| 480 | case tok::caret: |
| 481 | case tok::caretequal: |
| 482 | case tok::amp: |
| 483 | case tok::ampequal: |
| 484 | if (LHSType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) |
| 485 | return LHSType; |
| 486 | return QualType(); |
| 487 | // RHS should be a pointer to a member of the 'LHS' type, but we can't give |
| 488 | // any particular type here. |
| 489 | case tok::periodstar: |
| 490 | case tok::arrowstar: |
| 491 | return QualType(); |
| 492 | default: |
| 493 | // FIXME(ibiryukov): handle the missing op, re-add the assertion. |
| 494 | // assert(false && "unhandled binary op"); |
| 495 | return QualType(); |
| 496 | } |
| 497 | } |
| 498 | |
| 499 | /// Get preferred type for an argument of an unary expression. \p ContextType is |
| 500 | /// preferred type of the whole unary expression. |
| 501 | static QualType getPreferredTypeOfUnaryArg(Sema &S, QualType ContextType, |
| 502 | tok::TokenKind Op) { |
| 503 | switch (Op) { |
| 504 | case tok::exclaim: |
| 505 | return S.getASTContext().BoolTy; |
| 506 | case tok::amp: |
| 507 | if (!ContextType.isNull() && ContextType->isPointerType()) |
| 508 | return ContextType->getPointeeType(); |
| 509 | return QualType(); |
| 510 | case tok::star: |
| 511 | if (ContextType.isNull()) |
| 512 | return QualType(); |
| 513 | return S.getASTContext().getPointerType(ContextType.getNonReferenceType()); |
| 514 | case tok::plus: |
| 515 | case tok::minus: |
| 516 | case tok::tilde: |
| 517 | case tok::minusminus: |
| 518 | case tok::plusplus: |
| 519 | if (ContextType.isNull()) |
| 520 | return S.getASTContext().IntTy; |
| 521 | // leave as is, these operators typically return the same type. |
| 522 | return ContextType; |
| 523 | case tok::kw___real: |
| 524 | case tok::kw___imag: |
| 525 | return QualType(); |
| 526 | default: |
| 527 | assert(false && "unhandled unary op" ); |
| 528 | return QualType(); |
| 529 | } |
| 530 | } |
| 531 | |
| 532 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterBinary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS, |
| 533 | tok::TokenKind Op) { |
| 534 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
| 535 | Type = getPreferredTypeOfBinaryRHS(S, LHS, Op); |
| 536 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 537 | } |
| 538 | |
| 539 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterMemAccess(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, |
| 540 | Expr *Base) { |
| 541 | if (!Base) |
| 542 | return; |
| 543 | // Do we have expected type for Base? |
| 544 | if (ExpectedLoc != Base->getBeginLoc()) |
| 545 | return; |
| 546 | // Keep the expected type, only update the location. |
| 547 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 548 | return; |
| 549 | } |
| 550 | |
| 551 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterUnary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, |
| 552 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
| 553 | SourceLocation OpLoc) { |
| 554 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
| 555 | Type = getPreferredTypeOfUnaryArg(S, this->get(OpLoc), OpKind); |
| 556 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 557 | } |
| 558 | |
| 559 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterSubscript(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, |
| 560 | Expr *LHS) { |
| 561 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
| 562 | Type = S.getASTContext().IntTy; |
| 563 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 564 | } |
| 565 | |
| 566 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterTypeCast(SourceLocation Tok, |
| 567 | QualType CastType) { |
| 568 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
| 569 | Type = !CastType.isNull() ? CastType.getCanonicalType() : QualType(); |
| 570 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 571 | } |
| 572 | |
| 573 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterCondition(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok) { |
| 574 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
| 575 | Type = S.getASTContext().BoolTy; |
| 576 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 577 | } |
| 578 | |
| 579 | class ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator { |
| 580 | llvm::PointerUnion<const NamedDecl *, const DeclIndexPair *> DeclOrIterator; |
| 581 | unsigned SingleDeclIndex; |
| 582 | |
| 583 | public: |
| 584 | typedef DeclIndexPair value_type; |
| 585 | typedef value_type reference; |
| 586 | typedef std::ptrdiff_t difference_type; |
| 587 | typedef std::input_iterator_tag iterator_category; |
| 588 | |
| 589 | class pointer { |
| 590 | DeclIndexPair Value; |
| 591 | |
| 592 | public: |
| 593 | pointer(const DeclIndexPair &Value) : Value(Value) {} |
| 594 | |
| 595 | const DeclIndexPair *operator->() const { return &Value; } |
| 596 | }; |
| 597 | |
| 598 | iterator() : DeclOrIterator((NamedDecl *)nullptr), SingleDeclIndex(0) {} |
| 599 | |
| 600 | iterator(const NamedDecl *SingleDecl, unsigned Index) |
| 601 | : DeclOrIterator(SingleDecl), SingleDeclIndex(Index) {} |
| 602 | |
| 603 | iterator(const DeclIndexPair *Iterator) |
| 604 | : DeclOrIterator(Iterator), SingleDeclIndex(0) {} |
| 605 | |
| 606 | iterator &operator++() { |
| 607 | if (DeclOrIterator.is<const NamedDecl *>()) { |
| 608 | DeclOrIterator = (NamedDecl *)nullptr; |
| 609 | SingleDeclIndex = 0; |
| 610 | return *this; |
| 611 | } |
| 612 | |
| 613 | const DeclIndexPair *I = DeclOrIterator.get<const DeclIndexPair *>(); |
| 614 | ++I; |
| 615 | DeclOrIterator = I; |
| 616 | return *this; |
| 617 | } |
| 618 | |
| 619 | /*iterator operator++(int) { |
| 620 | iterator tmp(*this); |
| 621 | ++(*this); |
| 622 | return tmp; |
| 623 | }*/ |
| 624 | |
| 625 | reference operator*() const { |
| 626 | if (const NamedDecl *ND = DeclOrIterator.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>()) |
| 627 | return reference(ND, SingleDeclIndex); |
| 628 | |
| 629 | return *DeclOrIterator.get<const DeclIndexPair *>(); |
| 630 | } |
| 631 | |
| 632 | pointer operator->() const { return pointer(**this); } |
| 633 | |
| 634 | friend bool operator==(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) { |
| 635 | return X.DeclOrIterator.getOpaqueValue() == |
| 636 | Y.DeclOrIterator.getOpaqueValue() && |
| 637 | X.SingleDeclIndex == Y.SingleDeclIndex; |
| 638 | } |
| 639 | |
| 640 | friend bool operator!=(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) { |
| 641 | return !(X == Y); |
| 642 | } |
| 643 | }; |
| 644 | |
| 645 | ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator |
| 646 | ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::begin() const { |
| 647 | if (DeclOrVector.isNull()) |
| 648 | return iterator(); |
| 649 | |
| 650 | if (const NamedDecl *ND = DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>()) |
| 651 | return iterator(ND, SingleDeclIndex); |
| 652 | |
| 653 | return iterator(DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->begin()); |
| 654 | } |
| 655 | |
| 656 | ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator |
| 657 | ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::end() const { |
| 658 | if (DeclOrVector.is<const NamedDecl *>() || DeclOrVector.isNull()) |
| 659 | return iterator(); |
| 660 | |
| 661 | return iterator(DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->end()); |
| 662 | } |
| 663 | |
| 664 | /// Compute the qualification required to get from the current context |
| 665 | /// (\p CurContext) to the target context (\p TargetContext). |
| 666 | /// |
| 667 | /// \param Context the AST context in which the qualification will be used. |
| 668 | /// |
| 669 | /// \param CurContext the context where an entity is being named, which is |
| 670 | /// typically based on the current scope. |
| 671 | /// |
| 672 | /// \param TargetContext the context in which the named entity actually |
| 673 | /// resides. |
| 674 | /// |
| 675 | /// \returns a nested name specifier that refers into the target context, or |
| 676 | /// NULL if no qualification is needed. |
| 677 | static NestedNameSpecifier * |
| 678 | getRequiredQualification(ASTContext &Context, const DeclContext *CurContext, |
| 679 | const DeclContext *TargetContext) { |
| 680 | SmallVector<const DeclContext *, 4> TargetParents; |
| 681 | |
| 682 | for (const DeclContext *CommonAncestor = TargetContext; |
| 683 | CommonAncestor && !CommonAncestor->Encloses(CurContext); |
| 684 | CommonAncestor = CommonAncestor->getLookupParent()) { |
| 685 | if (CommonAncestor->isTransparentContext() || |
| 686 | CommonAncestor->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| 687 | continue; |
| 688 | |
| 689 | TargetParents.push_back(CommonAncestor); |
| 690 | } |
| 691 | |
| 692 | NestedNameSpecifier *Result = nullptr; |
| 693 | while (!TargetParents.empty()) { |
| 694 | const DeclContext *Parent = TargetParents.pop_back_val(); |
| 695 | |
| 696 | if (const auto *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Parent)) { |
| 697 | if (!Namespace->getIdentifier()) |
| 698 | continue; |
| 699 | |
| 700 | Result = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, Result, Namespace); |
| 701 | } else if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Parent)) |
| 702 | Result = NestedNameSpecifier::Create( |
| 703 | Context, Result, false, Context.getTypeDeclType(TD).getTypePtr()); |
| 704 | } |
| 705 | return Result; |
| 706 | } |
| 707 | |
| 708 | // Some declarations have reserved names that we don't want to ever show. |
| 709 | // Filter out names reserved for the implementation if they come from a |
| 710 | // system header. |
| 711 | static bool shouldIgnoreDueToReservedName(const NamedDecl *ND, Sema &SemaRef) { |
| 712 | const IdentifierInfo *Id = ND->getIdentifier(); |
| 713 | if (!Id) |
| 714 | return false; |
| 715 | |
| 716 | // Ignore reserved names for compiler provided decls. |
| 717 | if (Id->isReservedName() && ND->getLocation().isInvalid()) |
| 718 | return true; |
| 719 | |
| 720 | // For system headers ignore only double-underscore names. |
| 721 | // This allows for system headers providing private symbols with a single |
| 722 | // underscore. |
| 723 | if (Id->isReservedName(/*doubleUnderscoreOnly=*/true) && |
| 724 | SemaRef.SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader( |
| 725 | SemaRef.SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(ND->getLocation()))) |
| 726 | return true; |
| 727 | |
| 728 | return false; |
| 729 | } |
| 730 | |
| 731 | bool ResultBuilder::isInterestingDecl(const NamedDecl *ND, |
| 732 | bool &AsNestedNameSpecifier) const { |
| 733 | AsNestedNameSpecifier = false; |
| 734 | |
| 735 | auto *Named = ND; |
| 736 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
| 737 | |
| 738 | // Skip unnamed entities. |
| 739 | if (!ND->getDeclName()) |
| 740 | return false; |
| 741 | |
| 742 | // Friend declarations and declarations introduced due to friends are never |
| 743 | // added as results. |
| 744 | if (ND->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Undeclared) |
| 745 | return false; |
| 746 | |
| 747 | // Class template (partial) specializations are never added as results. |
| 748 | if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(ND) || |
| 749 | isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(ND)) |
| 750 | return false; |
| 751 | |
| 752 | // Using declarations themselves are never added as results. |
| 753 | if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND)) |
| 754 | return false; |
| 755 | |
| 756 | if (shouldIgnoreDueToReservedName(ND, SemaRef)) |
| 757 | return false; |
| 758 | |
| 759 | if (Filter == &ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier || |
| 760 | (isa<NamespaceDecl>(ND) && Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsNamespace && |
| 761 | Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias && Filter != nullptr)) |
| 762 | AsNestedNameSpecifier = true; |
| 763 | |
| 764 | // Filter out any unwanted results. |
| 765 | if (Filter && !(this->*Filter)(Named)) { |
| 766 | // Check whether it is interesting as a nested-name-specifier. |
| 767 | if (AllowNestedNameSpecifiers && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| 768 | IsNestedNameSpecifier(ND) && |
| 769 | (Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsMember || |
| 770 | (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(ND) && |
| 771 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND)->isInjectedClassName()))) { |
| 772 | AsNestedNameSpecifier = true; |
| 773 | return true; |
| 774 | } |
| 775 | |
| 776 | return false; |
| 777 | } |
| 778 | // ... then it must be interesting! |
| 779 | return true; |
| 780 | } |
| 781 | |
| 782 | bool ResultBuilder::CheckHiddenResult(Result &R, DeclContext *CurContext, |
| 783 | const NamedDecl *Hiding) { |
| 784 | // In C, there is no way to refer to a hidden name. |
| 785 | // FIXME: This isn't true; we can find a tag name hidden by an ordinary |
| 786 | // name if we introduce the tag type. |
| 787 | if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 788 | return true; |
| 789 | |
| 790 | const DeclContext *HiddenCtx = |
| 791 | R.Declaration->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); |
| 792 | |
| 793 | // There is no way to qualify a name declared in a function or method. |
| 794 | if (HiddenCtx->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| 795 | return true; |
| 796 | |
| 797 | if (HiddenCtx == Hiding->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) |
| 798 | return true; |
| 799 | |
| 800 | // We can refer to the result with the appropriate qualification. Do it. |
| 801 | R.Hidden = true; |
| 802 | R.QualifierIsInformative = false; |
| 803 | |
| 804 | if (!R.Qualifier) |
| 805 | R.Qualifier = getRequiredQualification(SemaRef.Context, CurContext, |
| 806 | R.Declaration->getDeclContext()); |
| 807 | return false; |
| 808 | } |
| 809 | |
| 810 | /// A simplified classification of types used to determine whether two |
| 811 | /// types are "similar enough" when adjusting priorities. |
| 812 | SimplifiedTypeClass clang::getSimplifiedTypeClass(CanQualType T) { |
| 813 | switch (T->getTypeClass()) { |
| 814 | case Type::Builtin: |
| 815 | switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { |
| 816 | case BuiltinType::Void: |
| 817 | return STC_Void; |
| 818 | |
| 819 | case BuiltinType::NullPtr: |
| 820 | return STC_Pointer; |
| 821 | |
| 822 | case BuiltinType::Overload: |
| 823 | case BuiltinType::Dependent: |
| 824 | return STC_Other; |
| 825 | |
| 826 | case BuiltinType::ObjCId: |
| 827 | case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: |
| 828 | case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: |
| 829 | return STC_ObjectiveC; |
| 830 | |
| 831 | default: |
| 832 | return STC_Arithmetic; |
| 833 | } |
| 834 | |
| 835 | case Type::Complex: |
| 836 | return STC_Arithmetic; |
| 837 | |
| 838 | case Type::Pointer: |
| 839 | return STC_Pointer; |
| 840 | |
| 841 | case Type::BlockPointer: |
| 842 | return STC_Block; |
| 843 | |
| 844 | case Type::LValueReference: |
| 845 | case Type::RValueReference: |
| 846 | return getSimplifiedTypeClass(T->getAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType()); |
| 847 | |
| 848 | case Type::ConstantArray: |
| 849 | case Type::IncompleteArray: |
| 850 | case Type::VariableArray: |
| 851 | case Type::DependentSizedArray: |
| 852 | return STC_Array; |
| 853 | |
| 854 | case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: |
| 855 | case Type::Vector: |
| 856 | case Type::ExtVector: |
| 857 | return STC_Arithmetic; |
| 858 | |
| 859 | case Type::FunctionProto: |
| 860 | case Type::FunctionNoProto: |
| 861 | return STC_Function; |
| 862 | |
| 863 | case Type::Record: |
| 864 | return STC_Record; |
| 865 | |
| 866 | case Type::Enum: |
| 867 | return STC_Arithmetic; |
| 868 | |
| 869 | case Type::ObjCObject: |
| 870 | case Type::ObjCInterface: |
| 871 | case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: |
| 872 | return STC_ObjectiveC; |
| 873 | |
| 874 | default: |
| 875 | return STC_Other; |
| 876 | } |
| 877 | } |
| 878 | |
| 879 | /// Get the type that a given expression will have if this declaration |
| 880 | /// is used as an expression in its "typical" code-completion form. |
| 881 | QualType clang::getDeclUsageType(ASTContext &C, const NamedDecl *ND) { |
| 882 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
| 883 | |
| 884 | if (const auto *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(ND)) |
| 885 | return C.getTypeDeclType(Type); |
| 886 | if (const auto *Iface = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) |
| 887 | return C.getObjCInterfaceType(Iface); |
| 888 | |
| 889 | QualType T; |
| 890 | if (const FunctionDecl *Function = ND->getAsFunction()) |
| 891 | T = Function->getCallResultType(); |
| 892 | else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) |
| 893 | T = Method->getSendResultType(); |
| 894 | else if (const auto *Enumerator = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(ND)) |
| 895 | T = C.getTypeDeclType(cast<EnumDecl>(Enumerator->getDeclContext())); |
| 896 | else if (const auto *Property = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND)) |
| 897 | T = Property->getType(); |
| 898 | else if (const auto *Value = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(ND)) |
| 899 | T = Value->getType(); |
| 900 | |
| 901 | if (T.isNull()) |
| 902 | return QualType(); |
| 903 | |
| 904 | // Dig through references, function pointers, and block pointers to |
| 905 | // get down to the likely type of an expression when the entity is |
| 906 | // used. |
| 907 | do { |
| 908 | if (const auto *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { |
| 909 | T = Ref->getPointeeType(); |
| 910 | continue; |
| 911 | } |
| 912 | |
| 913 | if (const auto *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
| 914 | if (Pointer->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) { |
| 915 | T = Pointer->getPointeeType(); |
| 916 | continue; |
| 917 | } |
| 918 | |
| 919 | break; |
| 920 | } |
| 921 | |
| 922 | if (const auto *Block = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { |
| 923 | T = Block->getPointeeType(); |
| 924 | continue; |
| 925 | } |
| 926 | |
| 927 | if (const auto *Function = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) { |
| 928 | T = Function->getReturnType(); |
| 929 | continue; |
| 930 | } |
| 931 | |
| 932 | break; |
| 933 | } while (true); |
| 934 | |
| 935 | return T; |
| 936 | } |
| 937 | |
| 938 | unsigned ResultBuilder::getBasePriority(const NamedDecl *ND) { |
| 939 | if (!ND) |
| 940 | return CCP_Unlikely; |
| 941 | |
| 942 | // Context-based decisions. |
| 943 | const DeclContext *LexicalDC = ND->getLexicalDeclContext(); |
| 944 | if (LexicalDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) { |
| 945 | // _cmd is relatively rare |
| 946 | if (const auto *ImplicitParam = dyn_cast<ImplicitParamDecl>(ND)) |
| 947 | if (ImplicitParam->getIdentifier() && |
| 948 | ImplicitParam->getIdentifier()->isStr("_cmd" )) |
| 949 | return CCP_ObjC_cmd; |
| 950 | |
| 951 | return CCP_LocalDeclaration; |
| 952 | } |
| 953 | |
| 954 | const DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); |
| 955 | if (DC->isRecord() || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(DC)) { |
| 956 | // Explicit destructor calls are very rare. |
| 957 | if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(ND)) |
| 958 | return CCP_Unlikely; |
| 959 | // Explicit operator and conversion function calls are also very rare. |
| 960 | auto DeclNameKind = ND->getDeclName().getNameKind(); |
| 961 | if (DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName || |
| 962 | DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName || |
| 963 | DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) |
| 964 | return CCP_Unlikely; |
| 965 | return CCP_MemberDeclaration; |
| 966 | } |
| 967 | |
| 968 | // Content-based decisions. |
| 969 | if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(ND)) |
| 970 | return CCP_Constant; |
| 971 | |
| 972 | // Use CCP_Type for type declarations unless we're in a statement, Objective-C |
| 973 | // message receiver, or parenthesized expression context. There, it's as |
| 974 | // likely that the user will want to write a type as other declarations. |
| 975 | if ((isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && |
| 976 | !(CompletionContext.getKind() == CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement || |
| 977 | CompletionContext.getKind() == |
| 978 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver || |
| 979 | CompletionContext.getKind() == |
| 980 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression)) |
| 981 | return CCP_Type; |
| 982 | |
| 983 | return CCP_Declaration; |
| 984 | } |
| 985 | |
| 986 | void ResultBuilder::AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(Result &R) { |
| 987 | // If this is an Objective-C method declaration whose selector matches our |
| 988 | // preferred selector, give it a priority boost. |
| 989 | if (!PreferredSelector.isNull()) |
| 990 | if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(R.Declaration)) |
| 991 | if (PreferredSelector == Method->getSelector()) |
| 992 | R.Priority += CCD_SelectorMatch; |
| 993 | |
| 994 | // If we have a preferred type, adjust the priority for results with exactly- |
| 995 | // matching or nearly-matching types. |
| 996 | if (!PreferredType.isNull()) { |
| 997 | QualType T = getDeclUsageType(SemaRef.Context, R.Declaration); |
| 998 | if (!T.isNull()) { |
| 999 | CanQualType TC = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T); |
| 1000 | // Check for exactly-matching types (modulo qualifiers). |
| 1001 | if (SemaRef.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PreferredType, TC)) |
| 1002 | R.Priority /= CCF_ExactTypeMatch; |
| 1003 | // Check for nearly-matching types, based on classification of each. |
| 1004 | else if ((getSimplifiedTypeClass(PreferredType) == |
| 1005 | getSimplifiedTypeClass(TC)) && |
| 1006 | !(PreferredType->isEnumeralType() && TC->isEnumeralType())) |
| 1007 | R.Priority /= CCF_SimilarTypeMatch; |
| 1008 | } |
| 1009 | } |
| 1010 | } |
| 1011 | |
| 1012 | static DeclContext::lookup_result getConstructors(ASTContext &Context, |
| 1013 | const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { |
| 1014 | QualType RecordTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); |
| 1015 | DeclarationName ConstructorName = |
| 1016 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( |
| 1017 | Context.getCanonicalType(RecordTy)); |
| 1018 | return Record->lookup(ConstructorName); |
| 1019 | } |
| 1020 | |
| 1021 | void ResultBuilder::MaybeAddConstructorResults(Result R) { |
| 1022 | if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !R.Declaration || |
| 1023 | !CompletionContext.wantConstructorResults()) |
| 1024 | return; |
| 1025 | |
| 1026 | const NamedDecl *D = R.Declaration; |
| 1027 | const CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; |
| 1028 | if (const ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(D)) |
| 1029 | Record = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 1030 | else if ((Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D))) { |
| 1031 | // Skip specializations and partial specializations. |
| 1032 | if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record)) |
| 1033 | return; |
| 1034 | } else { |
| 1035 | // There are no constructors here. |
| 1036 | return; |
| 1037 | } |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 | Record = Record->getDefinition(); |
| 1040 | if (!Record) |
| 1041 | return; |
| 1042 | |
| 1043 | for (NamedDecl *Ctor : getConstructors(SemaRef.Context, Record)) { |
| 1044 | R.Declaration = Ctor; |
| 1045 | R.CursorKind = getCursorKindForDecl(R.Declaration); |
| 1046 | Results.push_back(R); |
| 1047 | } |
| 1048 | } |
| 1049 | |
| 1050 | static bool isConstructor(const Decl *ND) { |
| 1051 | if (const auto *Tmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) |
| 1052 | ND = Tmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 1053 | return isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND); |
| 1054 | } |
| 1055 | |
| 1056 | void ResultBuilder::MaybeAddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext) { |
| 1057 | assert(!ShadowMaps.empty() && "Must enter into a results scope" ); |
| 1058 | |
| 1059 | if (R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration) { |
| 1060 | // For non-declaration results, just add the result. |
| 1061 | Results.push_back(R); |
| 1062 | return; |
| 1063 | } |
| 1064 | |
| 1065 | // Look through using declarations. |
| 1066 | if (const UsingShadowDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(R.Declaration)) { |
| 1067 | CodeCompletionResult Result(Using->getTargetDecl(), |
| 1068 | getBasePriority(Using->getTargetDecl()), |
| 1069 | R.Qualifier); |
| 1070 | Result.ShadowDecl = Using; |
| 1071 | MaybeAddResult(Result, CurContext); |
| 1072 | return; |
| 1073 | } |
| 1074 | |
| 1075 | const Decl *CanonDecl = R.Declaration->getCanonicalDecl(); |
| 1076 | unsigned IDNS = CanonDecl->getIdentifierNamespace(); |
| 1077 | |
| 1078 | bool AsNestedNameSpecifier = false; |
| 1079 | if (!isInterestingDecl(R.Declaration, AsNestedNameSpecifier)) |
| 1080 | return; |
| 1081 | |
| 1082 | // C++ constructors are never found by name lookup. |
| 1083 | if (isConstructor(R.Declaration)) |
| 1084 | return; |
| 1085 | |
| 1086 | ShadowMap &SMap = ShadowMaps.back(); |
| 1087 | ShadowMapEntry::iterator I, IEnd; |
| 1088 | ShadowMap::iterator NamePos = SMap.find(R.Declaration->getDeclName()); |
| 1089 | if (NamePos != SMap.end()) { |
| 1090 | I = NamePos->second.begin(); |
| 1091 | IEnd = NamePos->second.end(); |
| 1092 | } |
| 1093 | |
| 1094 | for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { |
| 1095 | const NamedDecl *ND = I->first; |
| 1096 | unsigned Index = I->second; |
| 1097 | if (ND->getCanonicalDecl() == CanonDecl) { |
| 1098 | // This is a redeclaration. Always pick the newer declaration. |
| 1099 | Results[Index].Declaration = R.Declaration; |
| 1100 | |
| 1101 | // We're done. |
| 1102 | return; |
| 1103 | } |
| 1104 | } |
| 1105 | |
| 1106 | // This is a new declaration in this scope. However, check whether this |
| 1107 | // declaration name is hidden by a similarly-named declaration in an outer |
| 1108 | // scope. |
| 1109 | std::list<ShadowMap>::iterator SM, SMEnd = ShadowMaps.end(); |
| 1110 | --SMEnd; |
| 1111 | for (SM = ShadowMaps.begin(); SM != SMEnd; ++SM) { |
| 1112 | ShadowMapEntry::iterator I, IEnd; |
| 1113 | ShadowMap::iterator NamePos = SM->find(R.Declaration->getDeclName()); |
| 1114 | if (NamePos != SM->end()) { |
| 1115 | I = NamePos->second.begin(); |
| 1116 | IEnd = NamePos->second.end(); |
| 1117 | } |
| 1118 | for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { |
| 1119 | // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration. |
| 1120 | if (I->first->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() && |
| 1121 | (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | |
| 1122 | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol))) |
| 1123 | continue; |
| 1124 | |
| 1125 | // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else. |
| 1126 | if (((I->first->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol) || |
| 1127 | (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) && |
| 1128 | I->first->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS) |
| 1129 | continue; |
| 1130 | |
| 1131 | // The newly-added result is hidden by an entry in the shadow map. |
| 1132 | if (CheckHiddenResult(R, CurContext, I->first)) |
| 1133 | return; |
| 1134 | |
| 1135 | break; |
| 1136 | } |
| 1137 | } |
| 1138 | |
| 1139 | // Make sure that any given declaration only shows up in the result set once. |
| 1140 | if (!AllDeclsFound.insert(CanonDecl).second) |
| 1141 | return; |
| 1142 | |
| 1143 | // If the filter is for nested-name-specifiers, then this result starts a |
| 1144 | // nested-name-specifier. |
| 1145 | if (AsNestedNameSpecifier) { |
| 1146 | R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier = true; |
| 1147 | R.Priority = CCP_NestedNameSpecifier; |
| 1148 | } else |
| 1149 | AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(R); |
| 1150 | |
| 1151 | // If this result is supposed to have an informative qualifier, add one. |
| 1152 | if (R.QualifierIsInformative && !R.Qualifier && |
| 1153 | !R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier) { |
| 1154 | const DeclContext *Ctx = R.Declaration->getDeclContext(); |
| 1155 | if (const NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Ctx)) |
| 1156 | R.Qualifier = |
| 1157 | NestedNameSpecifier::Create(SemaRef.Context, nullptr, Namespace); |
| 1158 | else if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Ctx)) |
| 1159 | R.Qualifier = NestedNameSpecifier::Create( |
| 1160 | SemaRef.Context, nullptr, false, |
| 1161 | SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(Tag).getTypePtr()); |
| 1162 | else |
| 1163 | R.QualifierIsInformative = false; |
| 1164 | } |
| 1165 | |
| 1166 | // Insert this result into the set of results and into the current shadow |
| 1167 | // map. |
| 1168 | SMap[R.Declaration->getDeclName()].Add(R.Declaration, Results.size()); |
| 1169 | Results.push_back(R); |
| 1170 | |
| 1171 | if (!AsNestedNameSpecifier) |
| 1172 | MaybeAddConstructorResults(R); |
| 1173 | } |
| 1174 | |
| 1175 | static void setInBaseClass(ResultBuilder::Result &R) { |
| 1176 | R.Priority += CCD_InBaseClass; |
| 1177 | R.InBaseClass = true; |
| 1178 | } |
| 1179 | |
| 1180 | enum class OverloadCompare { BothViable, Dominates, Dominated }; |
| 1181 | // Will Candidate ever be called on the object, when overloaded with Incumbent? |
| 1182 | // Returns Dominates if Candidate is always called, Dominated if Incumbent is |
| 1183 | // always called, BothViable if either may be called dependending on arguments. |
| 1184 | // Precondition: must actually be overloads! |
| 1185 | static OverloadCompare compareOverloads(const CXXMethodDecl &Candidate, |
| 1186 | const CXXMethodDecl &Incumbent, |
| 1187 | const Qualifiers &ObjectQuals, |
| 1188 | ExprValueKind ObjectKind) { |
| 1189 | // Base/derived shadowing is handled elsewhere. |
| 1190 | if (Candidate.getDeclContext() != Incumbent.getDeclContext()) |
| 1191 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; |
| 1192 | if (Candidate.isVariadic() != Incumbent.isVariadic() || |
| 1193 | Candidate.getNumParams() != Incumbent.getNumParams() || |
| 1194 | Candidate.getMinRequiredArguments() != |
| 1195 | Incumbent.getMinRequiredArguments()) |
| 1196 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; |
| 1197 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = Candidate.getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) |
| 1198 | if (Candidate.parameters()[I]->getType().getCanonicalType() != |
| 1199 | Incumbent.parameters()[I]->getType().getCanonicalType()) |
| 1200 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; |
| 1201 | if (!llvm::empty(Candidate.specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>()) || |
| 1202 | !llvm::empty(Incumbent.specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>())) |
| 1203 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; |
| 1204 | // At this point, we know calls can't pick one or the other based on |
| 1205 | // arguments, so one of the two must win. (Or both fail, handled elsewhere). |
| 1206 | RefQualifierKind CandidateRef = Candidate.getRefQualifier(); |
| 1207 | RefQualifierKind IncumbentRef = Incumbent.getRefQualifier(); |
| 1208 | if (CandidateRef != IncumbentRef) { |
| 1209 | // If the object kind is LValue/RValue, there's one acceptable ref-qualifier |
| 1210 | // and it can't be mixed with ref-unqualified overloads (in valid code). |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 | // For xvalue objects, we prefer the rvalue overload even if we have to |
| 1213 | // add qualifiers (which is rare, because const&& is rare). |
| 1214 | if (ObjectKind == clang::VK_XValue) |
| 1215 | return CandidateRef == RQ_RValue ? OverloadCompare::Dominates |
| 1216 | : OverloadCompare::Dominated; |
| 1217 | } |
| 1218 | // Now the ref qualifiers are the same (or we're in some invalid state). |
| 1219 | // So make some decision based on the qualifiers. |
| 1220 | Qualifiers CandidateQual = Candidate.getMethodQualifiers(); |
| 1221 | Qualifiers IncumbentQual = Incumbent.getMethodQualifiers(); |
| 1222 | bool CandidateSuperset = CandidateQual.compatiblyIncludes(IncumbentQual); |
| 1223 | bool IncumbentSuperset = IncumbentQual.compatiblyIncludes(CandidateQual); |
| 1224 | if (CandidateSuperset == IncumbentSuperset) |
| 1225 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; |
| 1226 | return IncumbentSuperset ? OverloadCompare::Dominates |
| 1227 | : OverloadCompare::Dominated; |
| 1228 | } |
| 1229 | |
| 1230 | void ResultBuilder::AddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext, |
| 1231 | NamedDecl *Hiding, bool InBaseClass = false) { |
| 1232 | if (R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration) { |
| 1233 | // For non-declaration results, just add the result. |
| 1234 | Results.push_back(R); |
| 1235 | return; |
| 1236 | } |
| 1237 | |
| 1238 | // Look through using declarations. |
| 1239 | if (const auto *Using = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(R.Declaration)) { |
| 1240 | CodeCompletionResult Result(Using->getTargetDecl(), |
| 1241 | getBasePriority(Using->getTargetDecl()), |
| 1242 | R.Qualifier); |
| 1243 | Result.ShadowDecl = Using; |
| 1244 | AddResult(Result, CurContext, Hiding); |
| 1245 | return; |
| 1246 | } |
| 1247 | |
| 1248 | bool AsNestedNameSpecifier = false; |
| 1249 | if (!isInterestingDecl(R.Declaration, AsNestedNameSpecifier)) |
| 1250 | return; |
| 1251 | |
| 1252 | // C++ constructors are never found by name lookup. |
| 1253 | if (isConstructor(R.Declaration)) |
| 1254 | return; |
| 1255 | |
| 1256 | if (Hiding && CheckHiddenResult(R, CurContext, Hiding)) |
| 1257 | return; |
| 1258 | |
| 1259 | // Make sure that any given declaration only shows up in the result set once. |
| 1260 | if (!AllDeclsFound.insert(R.Declaration->getCanonicalDecl()).second) |
| 1261 | return; |
| 1262 | |
| 1263 | // If the filter is for nested-name-specifiers, then this result starts a |
| 1264 | // nested-name-specifier. |
| 1265 | if (AsNestedNameSpecifier) { |
| 1266 | R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier = true; |
| 1267 | R.Priority = CCP_NestedNameSpecifier; |
| 1268 | } else if (Filter == &ResultBuilder::IsMember && !R.Qualifier && |
| 1269 | InBaseClass && |
| 1270 | isa<CXXRecordDecl>( |
| 1271 | R.Declaration->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) |
| 1272 | R.QualifierIsInformative = true; |
| 1273 | |
| 1274 | // If this result is supposed to have an informative qualifier, add one. |
| 1275 | if (R.QualifierIsInformative && !R.Qualifier && |
| 1276 | !R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier) { |
| 1277 | const DeclContext *Ctx = R.Declaration->getDeclContext(); |
| 1278 | if (const auto *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Ctx)) |
| 1279 | R.Qualifier = |
| 1280 | NestedNameSpecifier::Create(SemaRef.Context, nullptr, Namespace); |
| 1281 | else if (const auto *Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Ctx)) |
| 1282 | R.Qualifier = NestedNameSpecifier::Create( |
| 1283 | SemaRef.Context, nullptr, false, |
| 1284 | SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(Tag).getTypePtr()); |
| 1285 | else |
| 1286 | R.QualifierIsInformative = false; |
| 1287 | } |
| 1288 | |
| 1289 | // Adjust the priority if this result comes from a base class. |
| 1290 | if (InBaseClass) |
| 1291 | setInBaseClass(R); |
| 1292 | |
| 1293 | AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(R); |
| 1294 | |
| 1295 | if (HasObjectTypeQualifiers) |
| 1296 | if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(R.Declaration)) |
| 1297 | if (Method->isInstance()) { |
| 1298 | Qualifiers MethodQuals = Method->getMethodQualifiers(); |
| 1299 | if (ObjectTypeQualifiers == MethodQuals) |
| 1300 | R.Priority += CCD_ObjectQualifierMatch; |
| 1301 | else if (ObjectTypeQualifiers - MethodQuals) { |
| 1302 | // The method cannot be invoked, because doing so would drop |
| 1303 | // qualifiers. |
| 1304 | return; |
| 1305 | } |
| 1306 | // Detect cases where a ref-qualified method cannot be invoked. |
| 1307 | switch (Method->getRefQualifier()) { |
| 1308 | case RQ_LValue: |
| 1309 | if (ObjectKind != VK_LValue && !MethodQuals.hasConst()) |
| 1310 | return; |
| 1311 | break; |
| 1312 | case RQ_RValue: |
| 1313 | if (ObjectKind == VK_LValue) |
| 1314 | return; |
| 1315 | break; |
| 1316 | case RQ_None: |
| 1317 | break; |
| 1318 | } |
| 1319 | |
| 1320 | /// Check whether this dominates another overloaded method, which should |
| 1321 | /// be suppressed (or vice versa). |
| 1322 | /// Motivating case is const_iterator begin() const vs iterator begin(). |
| 1323 | auto &OverloadSet = OverloadMap[std::make_pair( |
| 1324 | CurContext, Method->getDeclName().getAsOpaqueInteger())]; |
| 1325 | for (const DeclIndexPair Entry : OverloadSet) { |
| 1326 | Result &Incumbent = Results[Entry.second]; |
| 1327 | switch (compareOverloads(*Method, |
| 1328 | *cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Incumbent.Declaration), |
| 1329 | ObjectTypeQualifiers, ObjectKind)) { |
| 1330 | case OverloadCompare::Dominates: |
| 1331 | // Replace the dominated overload with this one. |
| 1332 | // FIXME: if the overload dominates multiple incumbents then we |
| 1333 | // should remove all. But two overloads is by far the common case. |
| 1334 | Incumbent = std::move(R); |
| 1335 | return; |
| 1336 | case OverloadCompare::Dominated: |
| 1337 | // This overload can't be called, drop it. |
| 1338 | return; |
| 1339 | case OverloadCompare::BothViable: |
| 1340 | break; |
| 1341 | } |
| 1342 | } |
| 1343 | OverloadSet.Add(Method, Results.size()); |
| 1344 | } |
| 1345 | |
| 1346 | // Insert this result into the set of results. |
| 1347 | Results.push_back(R); |
| 1348 | |
| 1349 | if (!AsNestedNameSpecifier) |
| 1350 | MaybeAddConstructorResults(R); |
| 1351 | } |
| 1352 | |
| 1353 | void ResultBuilder::AddResult(Result R) { |
| 1354 | assert(R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration && |
| 1355 | "Declaration results need more context" ); |
| 1356 | Results.push_back(R); |
| 1357 | } |
| 1358 | |
| 1359 | /// Enter into a new scope. |
| 1360 | void ResultBuilder::EnterNewScope() { ShadowMaps.emplace_back(); } |
| 1361 | |
| 1362 | /// Exit from the current scope. |
| 1363 | void ResultBuilder::ExitScope() { |
| 1364 | ShadowMaps.pop_back(); |
| 1365 | } |
| 1366 | |
| 1367 | /// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by |
| 1368 | /// ordinary name lookup. |
| 1369 | bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1370 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
| 1371 | |
| 1372 | // If name lookup finds a local extern declaration, then we are in a |
| 1373 | // context where it behaves like an ordinary name. |
| 1374 | unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern; |
| 1375 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 1376 | IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_Member; |
| 1377 | else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) { |
| 1378 | if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) |
| 1379 | return true; |
| 1380 | } |
| 1381 | |
| 1382 | return ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS; |
| 1383 | } |
| 1384 | |
| 1385 | /// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by |
| 1386 | /// ordinary name lookup but is not a type name. |
| 1387 | bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1388 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
| 1389 | if (isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) |
| 1390 | return false; |
| 1391 | // Objective-C interfaces names are not filtered by this method because they |
| 1392 | // can be used in a class property expression. We can still filter out |
| 1393 | // @class declarations though. |
| 1394 | if (const auto *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) { |
| 1395 | if (!ID->getDefinition()) |
| 1396 | return false; |
| 1397 | } |
| 1398 | |
| 1399 | unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern; |
| 1400 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 1401 | IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_Member; |
| 1402 | else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) { |
| 1403 | if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) |
| 1404 | return true; |
| 1405 | } |
| 1406 | |
| 1407 | return ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS; |
| 1408 | } |
| 1409 | |
| 1410 | bool ResultBuilder::IsIntegralConstantValue(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1411 | if (!IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(ND)) |
| 1412 | return 0; |
| 1413 | |
| 1414 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl())) |
| 1415 | if (VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) |
| 1416 | return true; |
| 1417 | |
| 1418 | return false; |
| 1419 | } |
| 1420 | |
| 1421 | /// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by |
| 1422 | /// ordinary name lookup. |
| 1423 | bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1424 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
| 1425 | |
| 1426 | unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern; |
| 1427 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 1428 | IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace; |
| 1429 | |
| 1430 | return (ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS) && !isa<ValueDecl>(ND) && |
| 1431 | !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND) && !isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND); |
| 1432 | } |
| 1433 | |
| 1434 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is suitable as the |
| 1435 | /// start of a C++ nested-name-specifier, e.g., a class or namespace. |
| 1436 | bool ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1437 | // Allow us to find class templates, too. |
| 1438 | if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND)) |
| 1439 | ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 1440 | |
| 1441 | return SemaRef.isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(ND); |
| 1442 | } |
| 1443 | |
| 1444 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is an enumeration. |
| 1445 | bool ResultBuilder::IsEnum(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1446 | return isa<EnumDecl>(ND); |
| 1447 | } |
| 1448 | |
| 1449 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a class or struct. |
| 1450 | bool ResultBuilder::IsClassOrStruct(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1451 | // Allow us to find class templates, too. |
| 1452 | if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND)) |
| 1453 | ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 1454 | |
| 1455 | // For purposes of this check, interfaces match too. |
| 1456 | if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(ND)) |
| 1457 | return RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Class || RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Struct || |
| 1458 | RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Interface; |
| 1459 | |
| 1460 | return false; |
| 1461 | } |
| 1462 | |
| 1463 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a union. |
| 1464 | bool ResultBuilder::IsUnion(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1465 | // Allow us to find class templates, too. |
| 1466 | if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND)) |
| 1467 | ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 1468 | |
| 1469 | if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(ND)) |
| 1470 | return RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Union; |
| 1471 | |
| 1472 | return false; |
| 1473 | } |
| 1474 | |
| 1475 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a namespace. |
| 1476 | bool ResultBuilder::IsNamespace(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1477 | return isa<NamespaceDecl>(ND); |
| 1478 | } |
| 1479 | |
| 1480 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a namespace or |
| 1481 | /// namespace alias. |
| 1482 | bool ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1483 | return isa<NamespaceDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()); |
| 1484 | } |
| 1485 | |
| 1486 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a type. |
| 1487 | bool ResultBuilder::IsType(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1488 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
| 1489 | return isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); |
| 1490 | } |
| 1491 | |
| 1492 | /// Determines which members of a class should be visible via |
| 1493 | /// "." or "->". Only value declarations, nested name specifiers, and |
| 1494 | /// using declarations thereof should show up. |
| 1495 | bool ResultBuilder::IsMember(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1496 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
| 1497 | return isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND) || |
| 1498 | isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND); |
| 1499 | } |
| 1500 | |
| 1501 | static bool isObjCReceiverType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) { |
| 1502 | T = C.getCanonicalType(T); |
| 1503 | switch (T->getTypeClass()) { |
| 1504 | case Type::ObjCObject: |
| 1505 | case Type::ObjCInterface: |
| 1506 | case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: |
| 1507 | return true; |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 | case Type::Builtin: |
| 1510 | switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { |
| 1511 | case BuiltinType::ObjCId: |
| 1512 | case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: |
| 1513 | case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: |
| 1514 | return true; |
| 1515 | |
| 1516 | default: |
| 1517 | break; |
| 1518 | } |
| 1519 | return false; |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 | default: |
| 1522 | break; |
| 1523 | } |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 | if (!C.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 1526 | return false; |
| 1527 | |
| 1528 | // FIXME: We could perform more analysis here to determine whether a |
| 1529 | // particular class type has any conversions to Objective-C types. For now, |
| 1530 | // just accept all class types. |
| 1531 | return T->isDependentType() || T->isRecordType(); |
| 1532 | } |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 | bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiver(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1535 | QualType T = getDeclUsageType(SemaRef.Context, ND); |
| 1536 | if (T.isNull()) |
| 1537 | return false; |
| 1538 | |
| 1539 | T = SemaRef.Context.getBaseElementType(T); |
| 1540 | return isObjCReceiverType(SemaRef.Context, T); |
| 1541 | } |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 | bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture( |
| 1544 | const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1545 | if (IsObjCMessageReceiver(ND)) |
| 1546 | return true; |
| 1547 | |
| 1548 | const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ND); |
| 1549 | if (!Var) |
| 1550 | return false; |
| 1551 | |
| 1552 | return Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>(); |
| 1553 | } |
| 1554 | |
| 1555 | bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCCollection(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1556 | if ((SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsOrdinaryName(ND)) || |
| 1557 | (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(ND))) |
| 1558 | return false; |
| 1559 | |
| 1560 | QualType T = getDeclUsageType(SemaRef.Context, ND); |
| 1561 | if (T.isNull()) |
| 1562 | return false; |
| 1563 | |
| 1564 | T = SemaRef.Context.getBaseElementType(T); |
| 1565 | return T->isObjCObjectType() || T->isObjCObjectPointerType() || |
| 1566 | T->isObjCIdType() || |
| 1567 | (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && T->isRecordType()); |
| 1568 | } |
| 1569 | |
| 1570 | bool ResultBuilder::IsImpossibleToSatisfy(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1571 | return false; |
| 1572 | } |
| 1573 | |
| 1574 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is an Objective-C |
| 1575 | /// instance variable. |
| 1576 | bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCIvar(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1577 | return isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND); |
| 1578 | } |
| 1579 | |
| 1580 | namespace { |
| 1581 | |
| 1582 | /// Visible declaration consumer that adds a code-completion result |
| 1583 | /// for each visible declaration. |
| 1584 | class CodeCompletionDeclConsumer : public VisibleDeclConsumer { |
| 1585 | ResultBuilder &Results; |
| 1586 | DeclContext *InitialLookupCtx; |
| 1587 | // NamingClass and BaseType are used for access-checking. See |
| 1588 | // Sema::IsSimplyAccessible for details. |
| 1589 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass; |
| 1590 | QualType BaseType; |
| 1591 | std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts; |
| 1592 | |
| 1593 | public: |
| 1594 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer( |
| 1595 | ResultBuilder &Results, DeclContext *InitialLookupCtx, |
| 1596 | QualType BaseType = QualType(), |
| 1597 | std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts = std::vector<FixItHint>()) |
| 1598 | : Results(Results), InitialLookupCtx(InitialLookupCtx), |
| 1599 | FixIts(std::move(FixIts)) { |
| 1600 | NamingClass = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(InitialLookupCtx); |
| 1601 | // If BaseType was not provided explicitly, emulate implicit 'this->'. |
| 1602 | if (BaseType.isNull()) { |
| 1603 | auto ThisType = Results.getSema().getCurrentThisType(); |
| 1604 | if (!ThisType.isNull()) { |
| 1605 | assert(ThisType->isPointerType()); |
| 1606 | BaseType = ThisType->getPointeeType(); |
| 1607 | if (!NamingClass) |
| 1608 | NamingClass = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); |
| 1609 | } |
| 1610 | } |
| 1611 | this->BaseType = BaseType; |
| 1612 | } |
| 1613 | |
| 1614 | void FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding, DeclContext *Ctx, |
| 1615 | bool InBaseClass) override { |
| 1616 | ResultBuilder::Result Result(ND, Results.getBasePriority(ND), nullptr, |
| 1617 | false, IsAccessible(ND, Ctx), FixIts); |
| 1618 | Results.AddResult(Result, InitialLookupCtx, Hiding, InBaseClass); |
| 1619 | } |
| 1620 | |
| 1621 | void EnteredContext(DeclContext *Ctx) override { |
| 1622 | Results.addVisitedContext(Ctx); |
| 1623 | } |
| 1624 | |
| 1625 | private: |
| 1626 | bool IsAccessible(NamedDecl *ND, DeclContext *Ctx) { |
| 1627 | // Naming class to use for access check. In most cases it was provided |
| 1628 | // explicitly (e.g. member access (lhs.foo) or qualified lookup (X::)), |
| 1629 | // for unqualified lookup we fallback to the \p Ctx in which we found the |
| 1630 | // member. |
| 1631 | auto *NamingClass = this->NamingClass; |
| 1632 | QualType BaseType = this->BaseType; |
| 1633 | if (auto *Cls = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) { |
| 1634 | if (!NamingClass) |
| 1635 | NamingClass = Cls; |
| 1636 | // When we emulate implicit 'this->' in an unqualified lookup, we might |
| 1637 | // end up with an invalid naming class. In that case, we avoid emulating |
| 1638 | // 'this->' qualifier to satisfy preconditions of the access checking. |
| 1639 | if (NamingClass->getCanonicalDecl() != Cls->getCanonicalDecl() && |
| 1640 | !NamingClass->isDerivedFrom(Cls)) { |
| 1641 | NamingClass = Cls; |
| 1642 | BaseType = QualType(); |
| 1643 | } |
| 1644 | } else { |
| 1645 | // The decl was found outside the C++ class, so only ObjC access checks |
| 1646 | // apply. Those do not rely on NamingClass and BaseType, so we clear them |
| 1647 | // out. |
| 1648 | NamingClass = nullptr; |
| 1649 | BaseType = QualType(); |
| 1650 | } |
| 1651 | return Results.getSema().IsSimplyAccessible(ND, NamingClass, BaseType); |
| 1652 | } |
| 1653 | }; |
| 1654 | } // namespace |
| 1655 | |
| 1656 | /// Add type specifiers for the current language as keyword results. |
| 1657 | static void AddTypeSpecifierResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
| 1658 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
| 1659 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 1660 | Results.AddResult(Result("short" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1661 | Results.AddResult(Result("long" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1662 | Results.AddResult(Result("signed" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1663 | Results.AddResult(Result("unsigned" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1664 | Results.AddResult(Result("void" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1665 | Results.AddResult(Result("char" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1666 | Results.AddResult(Result("int" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1667 | Results.AddResult(Result("float" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1668 | Results.AddResult(Result("double" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1669 | Results.AddResult(Result("enum" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1670 | Results.AddResult(Result("struct" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1671 | Results.AddResult(Result("union" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1672 | Results.AddResult(Result("const" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1673 | Results.AddResult(Result("volatile" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1674 | |
| 1675 | if (LangOpts.C99) { |
| 1676 | // C99-specific |
| 1677 | Results.AddResult(Result("_Complex" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1678 | Results.AddResult(Result("_Imaginary" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1679 | Results.AddResult(Result("_Bool" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1680 | Results.AddResult(Result("restrict" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1681 | } |
| 1682 | |
| 1683 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 1684 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 1685 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { |
| 1686 | // C++-specific |
| 1687 | Results.AddResult( |
| 1688 | Result("bool" , CCP_Type + (LangOpts.ObjC ? CCD_bool_in_ObjC : 0))); |
| 1689 | Results.AddResult(Result("class" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1690 | Results.AddResult(Result("wchar_t" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1691 | |
| 1692 | // typename name |
| 1693 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typename" ); |
| 1694 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 1695 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name" ); |
| 1696 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 1697 | |
| 1698 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) { |
| 1699 | Results.AddResult(Result("auto" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1700 | Results.AddResult(Result("char16_t" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1701 | Results.AddResult(Result("char32_t" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("decltype" ); |
| 1704 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 1705 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 1706 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 1707 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 1708 | } |
| 1709 | } else |
| 1710 | Results.AddResult(Result("__auto_type" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1711 | |
| 1712 | // GNU keywords |
| 1713 | if (LangOpts.GNUKeywords) { |
| 1714 | // FIXME: Enable when we actually support decimal floating point. |
| 1715 | // Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal32")); |
| 1716 | // Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal64")); |
| 1717 | // Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal128")); |
| 1718 | |
| 1719 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typeof" ); |
| 1720 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 1721 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 1722 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 1723 | |
| 1724 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typeof" ); |
| 1725 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 1726 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type" ); |
| 1727 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 1728 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 1729 | } |
| 1730 | |
| 1731 | // Nullability |
| 1732 | Results.AddResult(Result("_Nonnull" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1733 | Results.AddResult(Result("_Null_unspecified" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1734 | Results.AddResult(Result("_Nullable" , CCP_Type)); |
| 1735 | } |
| 1736 | |
| 1737 | static void AddStorageSpecifiers(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC, |
| 1738 | const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
| 1739 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
| 1740 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 1741 | // Note: we don't suggest either "auto" or "register", because both |
| 1742 | // are pointless as storage specifiers. Elsewhere, we suggest "auto" |
| 1743 | // in C++0x as a type specifier. |
| 1744 | Results.AddResult(Result("extern" )); |
| 1745 | Results.AddResult(Result("static" )); |
| 1746 | |
| 1747 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) { |
| 1748 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); |
| 1749 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 1750 | |
| 1751 | // alignas |
| 1752 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("alignas" ); |
| 1753 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 1754 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 1755 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 1756 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 1757 | |
| 1758 | Results.AddResult(Result("constexpr" )); |
| 1759 | Results.AddResult(Result("thread_local" )); |
| 1760 | } |
| 1761 | } |
| 1762 | |
| 1763 | static void AddFunctionSpecifiers(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC, |
| 1764 | const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
| 1765 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
| 1766 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 1767 | switch (CCC) { |
| 1768 | case Sema::PCC_Class: |
| 1769 | case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate: |
| 1770 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { |
| 1771 | Results.AddResult(Result("explicit" )); |
| 1772 | Results.AddResult(Result("friend" )); |
| 1773 | Results.AddResult(Result("mutable" )); |
| 1774 | Results.AddResult(Result("virtual" )); |
| 1775 | } |
| 1776 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; |
| 1777 | |
| 1778 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface: |
| 1779 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation: |
| 1780 | case Sema::PCC_Namespace: |
| 1781 | case Sema::PCC_Template: |
| 1782 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || LangOpts.C99) |
| 1783 | Results.AddResult(Result("inline" )); |
| 1784 | break; |
| 1785 | |
| 1786 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: |
| 1787 | case Sema::PCC_Expression: |
| 1788 | case Sema::PCC_Statement: |
| 1789 | case Sema::PCC_ForInit: |
| 1790 | case Sema::PCC_Condition: |
| 1791 | case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction: |
| 1792 | case Sema::PCC_Type: |
| 1793 | case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: |
| 1794 | case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: |
| 1795 | break; |
| 1796 | } |
| 1797 | } |
| 1798 | |
| 1799 | static void AddObjCExpressionResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); |
| 1800 | static void AddObjCStatementResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); |
| 1801 | static void AddObjCVisibilityResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
| 1802 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); |
| 1803 | static void AddObjCImplementationResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
| 1804 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); |
| 1805 | static void AddObjCInterfaceResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
| 1806 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); |
| 1807 | static void AddObjCTopLevelResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); |
| 1808 | |
| 1809 | static void AddTypedefResult(ResultBuilder &Results) { |
| 1810 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 1811 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 1812 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typedef" ); |
| 1813 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 1814 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type" ); |
| 1815 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 1816 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name" ); |
| 1817 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 1818 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 1819 | } |
| 1820 | |
| 1821 | // using name = type |
| 1822 | static void AddUsingAliasResult(CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder, |
| 1823 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
| 1824 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using" ); |
| 1825 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 1826 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name" ); |
| 1827 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal); |
| 1828 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type" ); |
| 1829 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 1830 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 1831 | } |
| 1832 | |
| 1833 | static bool WantTypesInContext(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC, |
| 1834 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { |
| 1835 | switch (CCC) { |
| 1836 | case Sema::PCC_Namespace: |
| 1837 | case Sema::PCC_Class: |
| 1838 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: |
| 1839 | case Sema::PCC_Template: |
| 1840 | case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate: |
| 1841 | case Sema::PCC_Statement: |
| 1842 | case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction: |
| 1843 | case Sema::PCC_Type: |
| 1844 | case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: |
| 1845 | case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: |
| 1846 | return true; |
| 1847 | |
| 1848 | case Sema::PCC_Expression: |
| 1849 | case Sema::PCC_Condition: |
| 1850 | return LangOpts.CPlusPlus; |
| 1851 | |
| 1852 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface: |
| 1853 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation: |
| 1854 | return false; |
| 1855 | |
| 1856 | case Sema::PCC_ForInit: |
| 1857 | return LangOpts.CPlusPlus || LangOpts.ObjC || LangOpts.C99; |
| 1858 | } |
| 1859 | |
| 1860 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid ParserCompletionContext!" ); |
| 1861 | } |
| 1862 | |
| 1863 | static PrintingPolicy getCompletionPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Context, |
| 1864 | const Preprocessor &PP) { |
| 1865 | PrintingPolicy Policy = Sema::getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); |
| 1866 | Policy.AnonymousTagLocations = false; |
| 1867 | Policy.SuppressStrongLifetime = true; |
| 1868 | Policy.SuppressUnwrittenScope = true; |
| 1869 | Policy.SuppressScope = true; |
| 1870 | return Policy; |
| 1871 | } |
| 1872 | |
| 1873 | /// Retrieve a printing policy suitable for code completion. |
| 1874 | static PrintingPolicy getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Sema &S) { |
| 1875 | return getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S.Context, S.PP); |
| 1876 | } |
| 1877 | |
| 1878 | /// Retrieve the string representation of the given type as a string |
| 1879 | /// that has the appropriate lifetime for code completion. |
| 1880 | /// |
| 1881 | /// This routine provides a fast path where we provide constant strings for |
| 1882 | /// common type names. |
| 1883 | static const char *GetCompletionTypeString(QualType T, ASTContext &Context, |
| 1884 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 1885 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator) { |
| 1886 | if (!T.getLocalQualifiers()) { |
| 1887 | // Built-in type names are constant strings. |
| 1888 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(T)) |
| 1889 | return BT->getNameAsCString(Policy); |
| 1890 | |
| 1891 | // Anonymous tag types are constant strings. |
| 1892 | if (const TagType *TagT = dyn_cast<TagType>(T)) |
| 1893 | if (TagDecl *Tag = TagT->getDecl()) |
| 1894 | if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage()) { |
| 1895 | switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { |
| 1896 | case TTK_Struct: |
| 1897 | return "struct <anonymous>" ; |
| 1898 | case TTK_Interface: |
| 1899 | return "__interface <anonymous>" ; |
| 1900 | case TTK_Class: |
| 1901 | return "class <anonymous>" ; |
| 1902 | case TTK_Union: |
| 1903 | return "union <anonymous>" ; |
| 1904 | case TTK_Enum: |
| 1905 | return "enum <anonymous>" ; |
| 1906 | } |
| 1907 | } |
| 1908 | } |
| 1909 | |
| 1910 | // Slow path: format the type as a string. |
| 1911 | std::string Result; |
| 1912 | T.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy); |
| 1913 | return Allocator.CopyString(Result); |
| 1914 | } |
| 1915 | |
| 1916 | /// Add a completion for "this", if we're in a member function. |
| 1917 | static void addThisCompletion(Sema &S, ResultBuilder &Results) { |
| 1918 | QualType ThisTy = S.getCurrentThisType(); |
| 1919 | if (ThisTy.isNull()) |
| 1920 | return; |
| 1921 | |
| 1922 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); |
| 1923 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 1924 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S); |
| 1925 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk( |
| 1926 | GetCompletionTypeString(ThisTy, S.Context, Policy, Allocator)); |
| 1927 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("this" ); |
| 1928 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 1929 | } |
| 1930 | |
| 1931 | static void AddStaticAssertResult(CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder, |
| 1932 | ResultBuilder &Results, |
| 1933 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { |
| 1934 | if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) |
| 1935 | return; |
| 1936 | |
| 1937 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("static_assert" ); |
| 1938 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 1939 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 1940 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 1941 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("message" ); |
| 1942 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 1943 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 1944 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 1945 | } |
| 1946 | |
| 1947 | static void AddOverrideResults(ResultBuilder &Results, |
| 1948 | const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, |
| 1949 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder) { |
| 1950 | Sema &S = Results.getSema(); |
| 1951 | const auto *CR = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(S.CurContext); |
| 1952 | // If not inside a class/struct/union return empty. |
| 1953 | if (!CR) |
| 1954 | return; |
| 1955 | // First store overrides within current class. |
| 1956 | // These are stored by name to make querying fast in the later step. |
| 1957 | llvm::StringMap<std::vector<FunctionDecl *>> Overrides; |
| 1958 | for (auto *Method : CR->methods()) { |
| 1959 | if (!Method->isVirtual() || !Method->getIdentifier()) |
| 1960 | continue; |
| 1961 | Overrides[Method->getName()].push_back(Method); |
| 1962 | } |
| 1963 | |
| 1964 | for (const auto &Base : CR->bases()) { |
| 1965 | const auto *BR = Base.getType().getTypePtr()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); |
| 1966 | if (!BR) |
| 1967 | continue; |
| 1968 | for (auto *Method : BR->methods()) { |
| 1969 | if (!Method->isVirtual() || !Method->getIdentifier()) |
| 1970 | continue; |
| 1971 | const auto it = Overrides.find(Method->getName()); |
| 1972 | bool IsOverriden = false; |
| 1973 | if (it != Overrides.end()) { |
| 1974 | for (auto *MD : it->second) { |
| 1975 | // If the method in current body is not an overload of this virtual |
| 1976 | // function, then it overrides this one. |
| 1977 | if (!S.IsOverload(MD, Method, false)) { |
| 1978 | IsOverriden = true; |
| 1979 | break; |
| 1980 | } |
| 1981 | } |
| 1982 | } |
| 1983 | if (!IsOverriden) { |
| 1984 | // Generates a new CodeCompletionResult by taking this function and |
| 1985 | // converting it into an override declaration with only one chunk in the |
| 1986 | // final CodeCompletionString as a TypedTextChunk. |
| 1987 | std::string OverrideSignature; |
| 1988 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(OverrideSignature); |
| 1989 | CodeCompletionResult CCR(Method, 0); |
| 1990 | PrintingPolicy Policy = |
| 1991 | getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S.getASTContext(), S.getPreprocessor()); |
| 1992 | auto *CCS = CCR.createCodeCompletionStringForOverride( |
| 1993 | S.getPreprocessor(), S.getASTContext(), Builder, |
| 1994 | /*IncludeBriefComments=*/false, CCContext, Policy); |
| 1995 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(CCS, Method, CCP_CodePattern)); |
| 1996 | } |
| 1997 | } |
| 1998 | } |
| 1999 | } |
| 2000 | |
| 2001 | /// Add language constructs that show up for "ordinary" names. |
| 2002 | static void AddOrdinaryNameResults(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC, Scope *S, |
| 2003 | Sema &SemaRef, ResultBuilder &Results) { |
| 2004 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); |
| 2005 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 2006 | |
| 2007 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 2008 | switch (CCC) { |
| 2009 | case Sema::PCC_Namespace: |
| 2010 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 2011 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
| 2012 | // namespace <identifier> { declarations } |
| 2013 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("namespace" ); |
| 2014 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2015 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("identifier" ); |
| 2016 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2017 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 2018 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2019 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("declarations" ); |
| 2020 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2021 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 2022 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2023 | } |
| 2024 | |
| 2025 | // namespace identifier = identifier ; |
| 2026 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("namespace" ); |
| 2027 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2028 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name" ); |
| 2029 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal); |
| 2030 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("namespace" ); |
| 2031 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2032 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2033 | |
| 2034 | // Using directives |
| 2035 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using namespace" ); |
| 2036 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2037 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("identifier" ); |
| 2038 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2039 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2040 | |
| 2041 | // asm(string-literal) |
| 2042 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("asm" ); |
| 2043 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2044 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("string-literal" ); |
| 2045 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2046 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2047 | |
| 2048 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
| 2049 | // Explicit template instantiation |
| 2050 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("template" ); |
| 2051 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2052 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("declaration" ); |
| 2053 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2054 | } else { |
| 2055 | Results.AddResult(Result("template" , CodeCompletionResult::RK_Keyword)); |
| 2056 | } |
| 2057 | } |
| 2058 | |
| 2059 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) |
| 2060 | AddObjCTopLevelResults(Results, true); |
| 2061 | |
| 2062 | AddTypedefResult(Results); |
| 2063 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; |
| 2064 | |
| 2065 | case Sema::PCC_Class: |
| 2066 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 2067 | // Using declaration |
| 2068 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using" ); |
| 2069 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2070 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("qualifier" ); |
| 2071 | Builder.AddTextChunk("::" ); |
| 2072 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name" ); |
| 2073 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2074 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2075 | |
| 2076 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) |
| 2077 | AddUsingAliasResult(Builder, Results); |
| 2078 | |
| 2079 | // using typename qualifier::name (only in a dependent context) |
| 2080 | if (SemaRef.CurContext->isDependentContext()) { |
| 2081 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using typename" ); |
| 2082 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2083 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("qualifier" ); |
| 2084 | Builder.AddTextChunk("::" ); |
| 2085 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name" ); |
| 2086 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2087 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2088 | } |
| 2089 | |
| 2090 | AddStaticAssertResult(Builder, Results, SemaRef.getLangOpts()); |
| 2091 | |
| 2092 | if (CCC == Sema::PCC_Class) { |
| 2093 | AddTypedefResult(Results); |
| 2094 | |
| 2095 | bool IsNotInheritanceScope = |
| 2096 | !(S->getFlags() & Scope::ClassInheritanceScope); |
| 2097 | // public: |
| 2098 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("public" ); |
| 2099 | if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns()) |
| 2100 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); |
| 2101 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2102 | |
| 2103 | // protected: |
| 2104 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("protected" ); |
| 2105 | if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns()) |
| 2106 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); |
| 2107 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2108 | |
| 2109 | // private: |
| 2110 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("private" ); |
| 2111 | if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns()) |
| 2112 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); |
| 2113 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2114 | |
| 2115 | // FIXME: This adds override results only if we are at the first word of |
| 2116 | // the declaration/definition. Also call this from other sides to have |
| 2117 | // more use-cases. |
| 2118 | AddOverrideResults(Results, CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion, |
| 2119 | Builder); |
| 2120 | } |
| 2121 | } |
| 2122 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; |
| 2123 | |
| 2124 | case Sema::PCC_Template: |
| 2125 | case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate: |
| 2126 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
| 2127 | // template < parameters > |
| 2128 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("template" ); |
| 2129 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
| 2130 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameters" ); |
| 2131 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
| 2132 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2133 | } else { |
| 2134 | Results.AddResult(Result("template" , CodeCompletionResult::RK_Keyword)); |
| 2135 | } |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 | AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); |
| 2138 | AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); |
| 2139 | break; |
| 2140 | |
| 2141 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface: |
| 2142 | AddObjCInterfaceResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, true); |
| 2143 | AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); |
| 2144 | AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); |
| 2145 | break; |
| 2146 | |
| 2147 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation: |
| 2148 | AddObjCImplementationResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, true); |
| 2149 | AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); |
| 2150 | AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); |
| 2151 | break; |
| 2152 | |
| 2153 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: |
| 2154 | AddObjCVisibilityResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, true); |
| 2155 | break; |
| 2156 | |
| 2157 | case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction: |
| 2158 | case Sema::PCC_Statement: { |
| 2159 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) |
| 2160 | AddUsingAliasResult(Builder, Results); |
| 2161 | |
| 2162 | AddTypedefResult(Results); |
| 2163 | |
| 2164 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Results.includeCodePatterns() && |
| 2165 | SemaRef.getLangOpts().CXXExceptions) { |
| 2166 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("try" ); |
| 2167 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2168 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 2169 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2170 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements" ); |
| 2171 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2172 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 2173 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2174 | Builder.AddTextChunk("catch" ); |
| 2175 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2176 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2177 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("declaration" ); |
| 2178 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2179 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2180 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 2181 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2182 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements" ); |
| 2183 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2184 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 2185 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2186 | } |
| 2187 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) |
| 2188 | AddObjCStatementResults(Results, true); |
| 2189 | |
| 2190 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
| 2191 | // if (condition) { statements } |
| 2192 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("if" ); |
| 2193 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2194 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2195 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 2196 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition" ); |
| 2197 | else |
| 2198 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 2199 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2200 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2201 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 2202 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2203 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements" ); |
| 2204 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2205 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 2206 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2207 | |
| 2208 | // switch (condition) { } |
| 2209 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("switch" ); |
| 2210 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2211 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2212 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 2213 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition" ); |
| 2214 | else |
| 2215 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 2216 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2217 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2218 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 2219 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2220 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("cases" ); |
| 2221 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2222 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 2223 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2224 | } |
| 2225 | |
| 2226 | // Switch-specific statements. |
| 2227 | if (SemaRef.getCurFunction() && |
| 2228 | !SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) { |
| 2229 | // case expression: |
| 2230 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("case" ); |
| 2231 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2232 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 2233 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); |
| 2234 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 | // default: |
| 2237 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("default" ); |
| 2238 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); |
| 2239 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2240 | } |
| 2241 | |
| 2242 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
| 2243 | /// while (condition) { statements } |
| 2244 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("while" ); |
| 2245 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2246 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2247 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 2248 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition" ); |
| 2249 | else |
| 2250 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 2251 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2252 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2253 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 2254 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2255 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements" ); |
| 2256 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2257 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 2258 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2259 | |
| 2260 | // do { statements } while ( expression ); |
| 2261 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("do" ); |
| 2262 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2263 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 2264 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2265 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements" ); |
| 2266 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2267 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 2268 | Builder.AddTextChunk("while" ); |
| 2269 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2270 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2271 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 2272 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2273 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2274 | |
| 2275 | // for ( for-init-statement ; condition ; expression ) { statements } |
| 2276 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("for" ); |
| 2277 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2278 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2279 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99) |
| 2280 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("init-statement" ); |
| 2281 | else |
| 2282 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("init-expression" ); |
| 2283 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2284 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2285 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition" ); |
| 2286 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2287 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2288 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("inc-expression" ); |
| 2289 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2290 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2291 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 2292 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2293 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements" ); |
| 2294 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2295 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 2296 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2297 | |
| 2298 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) { |
| 2299 | // for ( range_declaration (:|in) range_expression ) { statements } |
| 2300 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("for" ); |
| 2301 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2302 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2303 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("range-declaration" ); |
| 2304 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2305 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) |
| 2306 | Builder.AddTextChunk("in" ); |
| 2307 | else |
| 2308 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); |
| 2309 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2310 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("range-expression" ); |
| 2311 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2312 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2313 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 2314 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2315 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements" ); |
| 2316 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2317 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 2318 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2319 | } |
| 2320 | } |
| 2321 | |
| 2322 | if (S->getContinueParent()) { |
| 2323 | // continue ; |
| 2324 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("continue" ); |
| 2325 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2326 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2327 | } |
| 2328 | |
| 2329 | if (S->getBreakParent()) { |
| 2330 | // break ; |
| 2331 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("break" ); |
| 2332 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2333 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2334 | } |
| 2335 | |
| 2336 | // "return expression ;" or "return ;", depending on the return type. |
| 2337 | QualType ReturnType; |
| 2338 | if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) |
| 2339 | ReturnType = Function->getReturnType(); |
| 2340 | else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) |
| 2341 | ReturnType = Method->getReturnType(); |
| 2342 | else if (SemaRef.getCurBlock() && |
| 2343 | !SemaRef.getCurBlock()->ReturnType.isNull()) |
| 2344 | ReturnType = SemaRef.getCurBlock()->ReturnType;; |
| 2345 | if (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isVoidType()) { |
| 2346 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return" ); |
| 2347 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2348 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2349 | } else { |
| 2350 | assert(!ReturnType.isNull()); |
| 2351 | // "return expression ;" |
| 2352 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return" ); |
| 2353 | Builder.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2354 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 2355 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2356 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2357 | // When boolean, also add 'return true;' and 'return false;'. |
| 2358 | if (ReturnType->isBooleanType()) { |
| 2359 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return true" ); |
| 2360 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2361 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2362 | |
| 2363 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return false" ); |
| 2364 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2365 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2366 | } |
| 2367 | // For pointers, suggest 'return nullptr' in C++. |
| 2368 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && |
| 2369 | (ReturnType->isPointerType() || ReturnType->isMemberPointerType())) { |
| 2370 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return nullptr" ); |
| 2371 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2372 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2373 | } |
| 2374 | } |
| 2375 | |
| 2376 | // goto identifier ; |
| 2377 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("goto" ); |
| 2378 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2379 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("label" ); |
| 2380 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2381 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2382 | |
| 2383 | // Using directives |
| 2384 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using namespace" ); |
| 2385 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2386 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("identifier" ); |
| 2387 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2388 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2389 | |
| 2390 | AddStaticAssertResult(Builder, Results, SemaRef.getLangOpts()); |
| 2391 | } |
| 2392 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; |
| 2393 | |
| 2394 | // Fall through (for statement expressions). |
| 2395 | case Sema::PCC_ForInit: |
| 2396 | case Sema::PCC_Condition: |
| 2397 | AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); |
| 2398 | // Fall through: conditions and statements can have expressions. |
| 2399 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; |
| 2400 | |
| 2401 | case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: |
| 2402 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && |
| 2403 | CCC == Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression) { |
| 2404 | // (__bridge <type>)<expression> |
| 2405 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("__bridge" ); |
| 2406 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2407 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type" ); |
| 2408 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2409 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 2410 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2411 | |
| 2412 | // (__bridge_transfer <Objective-C type>)<expression> |
| 2413 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("__bridge_transfer" ); |
| 2414 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2415 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("Objective-C type" ); |
| 2416 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2417 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 2418 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2419 | |
| 2420 | // (__bridge_retained <CF type>)<expression> |
| 2421 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("__bridge_retained" ); |
| 2422 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2423 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("CF type" ); |
| 2424 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2425 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 2426 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2427 | } |
| 2428 | // Fall through |
| 2429 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; |
| 2430 | |
| 2431 | case Sema::PCC_Expression: { |
| 2432 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 2433 | // 'this', if we're in a non-static member function. |
| 2434 | addThisCompletion(SemaRef, Results); |
| 2435 | |
| 2436 | // true |
| 2437 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("bool" ); |
| 2438 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("true" ); |
| 2439 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2440 | |
| 2441 | // false |
| 2442 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("bool" ); |
| 2443 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("false" ); |
| 2444 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2445 | |
| 2446 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().RTTI) { |
| 2447 | // dynamic_cast < type-id > ( expression ) |
| 2448 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("dynamic_cast" ); |
| 2449 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
| 2450 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type" ); |
| 2451 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
| 2452 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2453 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 2454 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2455 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2456 | } |
| 2457 | |
| 2458 | // static_cast < type-id > ( expression ) |
| 2459 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("static_cast" ); |
| 2460 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
| 2461 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type" ); |
| 2462 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
| 2463 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2464 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 2465 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2466 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2467 | |
| 2468 | // reinterpret_cast < type-id > ( expression ) |
| 2469 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("reinterpret_cast" ); |
| 2470 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
| 2471 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type" ); |
| 2472 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
| 2473 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2474 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 2475 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2476 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2477 | |
| 2478 | // const_cast < type-id > ( expression ) |
| 2479 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("const_cast" ); |
| 2480 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
| 2481 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type" ); |
| 2482 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
| 2483 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2484 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 2485 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2486 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2487 | |
| 2488 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().RTTI) { |
| 2489 | // typeid ( expression-or-type ) |
| 2490 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("std::type_info" ); |
| 2491 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typeid" ); |
| 2492 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2493 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression-or-type" ); |
| 2494 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2495 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2496 | } |
| 2497 | |
| 2498 | // new T ( ... ) |
| 2499 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("new" ); |
| 2500 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2501 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type" ); |
| 2502 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2503 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expressions" ); |
| 2504 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2505 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2506 | |
| 2507 | // new T [ ] ( ... ) |
| 2508 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("new" ); |
| 2509 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2510 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type" ); |
| 2511 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket); |
| 2512 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("size" ); |
| 2513 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket); |
| 2514 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2515 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expressions" ); |
| 2516 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2517 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2518 | |
| 2519 | // delete expression |
| 2520 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("void" ); |
| 2521 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("delete" ); |
| 2522 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2523 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 2524 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2525 | |
| 2526 | // delete [] expression |
| 2527 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("void" ); |
| 2528 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("delete" ); |
| 2529 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2530 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket); |
| 2531 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket); |
| 2532 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2533 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 2534 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2535 | |
| 2536 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CXXExceptions) { |
| 2537 | // throw expression |
| 2538 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("void" ); |
| 2539 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("throw" ); |
| 2540 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2541 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 2542 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2543 | } |
| 2544 | |
| 2545 | // FIXME: Rethrow? |
| 2546 | |
| 2547 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
| 2548 | // nullptr |
| 2549 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("std::nullptr_t" ); |
| 2550 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("nullptr" ); |
| 2551 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2552 | |
| 2553 | // alignof |
| 2554 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t" ); |
| 2555 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("alignof" ); |
| 2556 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2557 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type" ); |
| 2558 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2559 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2560 | |
| 2561 | // noexcept |
| 2562 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("bool" ); |
| 2563 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("noexcept" ); |
| 2564 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2565 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 2566 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2567 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2568 | |
| 2569 | // sizeof... expression |
| 2570 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t" ); |
| 2571 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("sizeof..." ); |
| 2572 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2573 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameter-pack" ); |
| 2574 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2575 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2576 | } |
| 2577 | } |
| 2578 | |
| 2579 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) { |
| 2580 | // Add "super", if we're in an Objective-C class with a superclass. |
| 2581 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) { |
| 2582 | // The interface can be NULL. |
| 2583 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = Method->getClassInterface()) |
| 2584 | if (ID->getSuperClass()) { |
| 2585 | std::string SuperType; |
| 2586 | SuperType = ID->getSuperClass()->getNameAsString(); |
| 2587 | if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) |
| 2588 | SuperType += " *" ; |
| 2589 | |
| 2590 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SuperType)); |
| 2591 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("super" ); |
| 2592 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2593 | } |
| 2594 | } |
| 2595 | |
| 2596 | AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, true); |
| 2597 | } |
| 2598 | |
| 2599 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) { |
| 2600 | // _Alignof |
| 2601 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t" ); |
| 2602 | if (SemaRef.PP.isMacroDefined("alignof" )) |
| 2603 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("alignof" ); |
| 2604 | else |
| 2605 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("_Alignof" ); |
| 2606 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2607 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type" ); |
| 2608 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2609 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2610 | } |
| 2611 | |
| 2612 | // sizeof expression |
| 2613 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t" ); |
| 2614 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("sizeof" ); |
| 2615 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2616 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression-or-type" ); |
| 2617 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2618 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2619 | break; |
| 2620 | } |
| 2621 | |
| 2622 | case Sema::PCC_Type: |
| 2623 | case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: |
| 2624 | break; |
| 2625 | } |
| 2626 | |
| 2627 | if (WantTypesInContext(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts())) |
| 2628 | AddTypeSpecifierResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CCC != Sema::PCC_Type) |
| 2631 | Results.AddResult(Result("operator" )); |
| 2632 | } |
| 2633 | |
| 2634 | /// If the given declaration has an associated type, add it as a result |
| 2635 | /// type chunk. |
| 2636 | static void AddResultTypeChunk(ASTContext &Context, |
| 2637 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 2638 | const NamedDecl *ND, QualType BaseType, |
| 2639 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) { |
| 2640 | if (!ND) |
| 2641 | return; |
| 2642 | |
| 2643 | // Skip constructors and conversion functions, which have their return types |
| 2644 | // built into their names. |
| 2645 | if (isConstructor(ND) || isa<CXXConversionDecl>(ND)) |
| 2646 | return; |
| 2647 | |
| 2648 | // Determine the type of the declaration (if it has a type). |
| 2649 | QualType T; |
| 2650 | if (const FunctionDecl *Function = ND->getAsFunction()) |
| 2651 | T = Function->getReturnType(); |
| 2652 | else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) { |
| 2653 | if (!BaseType.isNull()) |
| 2654 | T = Method->getSendResultType(BaseType); |
| 2655 | else |
| 2656 | T = Method->getReturnType(); |
| 2657 | } else if (const auto *Enumerator = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(ND)) { |
| 2658 | T = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<TypeDecl>(Enumerator->getDeclContext())); |
| 2659 | T = clang::TypeName::getFullyQualifiedType(T, Context); |
| 2660 | } else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(ND)) { |
| 2661 | /* Do nothing: ignore unresolved using declarations*/ |
| 2662 | } else if (const auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) { |
| 2663 | if (!BaseType.isNull()) |
| 2664 | T = Ivar->getUsageType(BaseType); |
| 2665 | else |
| 2666 | T = Ivar->getType(); |
| 2667 | } else if (const auto *Value = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(ND)) { |
| 2668 | T = Value->getType(); |
| 2669 | } else if (const auto *Property = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND)) { |
| 2670 | if (!BaseType.isNull()) |
| 2671 | T = Property->getUsageType(BaseType); |
| 2672 | else |
| 2673 | T = Property->getType(); |
| 2674 | } |
| 2675 | |
| 2676 | if (T.isNull() || Context.hasSameType(T, Context.DependentTy)) |
| 2677 | return; |
| 2678 | |
| 2679 | Result.AddResultTypeChunk( |
| 2680 | GetCompletionTypeString(T, Context, Policy, Result.getAllocator())); |
| 2681 | } |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 | static void MaybeAddSentinel(Preprocessor &PP, |
| 2684 | const NamedDecl *FunctionOrMethod, |
| 2685 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) { |
| 2686 | if (SentinelAttr *Sentinel = FunctionOrMethod->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) |
| 2687 | if (Sentinel->getSentinel() == 0) { |
| 2688 | if (PP.getLangOpts().ObjC && PP.isMacroDefined("nil" )) |
| 2689 | Result.AddTextChunk(", nil" ); |
| 2690 | else if (PP.isMacroDefined("NULL" )) |
| 2691 | Result.AddTextChunk(", NULL" ); |
| 2692 | else |
| 2693 | Result.AddTextChunk(", (void*)0" ); |
| 2694 | } |
| 2695 | } |
| 2696 | |
| 2697 | static std::string formatObjCParamQualifiers(unsigned ObjCQuals, |
| 2698 | QualType &Type) { |
| 2699 | std::string Result; |
| 2700 | if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) |
| 2701 | Result += "in " ; |
| 2702 | else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) |
| 2703 | Result += "inout " ; |
| 2704 | else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) |
| 2705 | Result += "out " ; |
| 2706 | if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) |
| 2707 | Result += "bycopy " ; |
| 2708 | else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) |
| 2709 | Result += "byref " ; |
| 2710 | if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) |
| 2711 | Result += "oneway " ; |
| 2712 | if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) { |
| 2713 | if (auto nullability = AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Type)) { |
| 2714 | switch (*nullability) { |
| 2715 | case NullabilityKind::NonNull: |
| 2716 | Result += "nonnull " ; |
| 2717 | break; |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 | case NullabilityKind::Nullable: |
| 2720 | Result += "nullable " ; |
| 2721 | break; |
| 2722 | |
| 2723 | case NullabilityKind::Unspecified: |
| 2724 | Result += "null_unspecified " ; |
| 2725 | break; |
| 2726 | |
| 2727 | case NullabilityKind::NullableResult: |
| 2728 | llvm_unreachable("Not supported as a context-sensitive keyword!" ); |
| 2729 | break; |
| 2730 | } |
| 2731 | } |
| 2732 | } |
| 2733 | return Result; |
| 2734 | } |
| 2735 | |
| 2736 | /// Tries to find the most appropriate type location for an Objective-C |
| 2737 | /// block placeholder. |
| 2738 | /// |
| 2739 | /// This function ignores things like typedefs and qualifiers in order to |
| 2740 | /// present the most relevant and accurate block placeholders in code completion |
| 2741 | /// results. |
| 2742 | static void findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(const TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
| 2743 | FunctionTypeLoc &Block, |
| 2744 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto, |
| 2745 | bool SuppressBlock = false) { |
| 2746 | if (!TSInfo) |
| 2747 | return; |
| 2748 | TypeLoc TL = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc(); |
| 2749 | while (true) { |
| 2750 | // Look through typedefs. |
| 2751 | if (!SuppressBlock) { |
| 2752 | if (TypedefTypeLoc TypedefTL = TL.getAs<TypedefTypeLoc>()) { |
| 2753 | if (TypeSourceInfo *InnerTSInfo = |
| 2754 | TypedefTL.getTypedefNameDecl()->getTypeSourceInfo()) { |
| 2755 | TL = InnerTSInfo->getTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc(); |
| 2756 | continue; |
| 2757 | } |
| 2758 | } |
| 2759 | |
| 2760 | // Look through qualified types |
| 2761 | if (QualifiedTypeLoc QualifiedTL = TL.getAs<QualifiedTypeLoc>()) { |
| 2762 | TL = QualifiedTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); |
| 2763 | continue; |
| 2764 | } |
| 2765 | |
| 2766 | if (AttributedTypeLoc AttrTL = TL.getAs<AttributedTypeLoc>()) { |
| 2767 | TL = AttrTL.getModifiedLoc(); |
| 2768 | continue; |
| 2769 | } |
| 2770 | } |
| 2771 | |
| 2772 | // Try to get the function prototype behind the block pointer type, |
| 2773 | // then we're done. |
| 2774 | if (BlockPointerTypeLoc BlockPtr = TL.getAs<BlockPointerTypeLoc>()) { |
| 2775 | TL = BlockPtr.getPointeeLoc().IgnoreParens(); |
| 2776 | Block = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); |
| 2777 | BlockProto = TL.getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>(); |
| 2778 | } |
| 2779 | break; |
| 2780 | } |
| 2781 | } |
| 2782 | |
| 2783 | static std::string |
| 2784 | formatBlockPlaceholder(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const NamedDecl *BlockDecl, |
| 2785 | FunctionTypeLoc &Block, FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto, |
| 2786 | bool SuppressBlockName = false, |
| 2787 | bool SuppressBlock = false, |
| 2788 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts = None); |
| 2789 | |
| 2790 | static std::string |
| 2791 | FormatFunctionParameter(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const ParmVarDecl *Param, |
| 2792 | bool SuppressName = false, bool SuppressBlock = false, |
| 2793 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts = None) { |
| 2794 | // Params are unavailable in FunctionTypeLoc if the FunctionType is invalid. |
| 2795 | // It would be better to pass in the param Type, which is usually avaliable. |
| 2796 | // But this case is rare, so just pretend we fell back to int as elsewhere. |
| 2797 | if (!Param) |
| 2798 | return "int" ; |
| 2799 | bool ObjCMethodParam = isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext()); |
| 2800 | if (Param->getType()->isDependentType() || |
| 2801 | !Param->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) { |
| 2802 | // The argument for a dependent or non-block parameter is a placeholder |
| 2803 | // containing that parameter's type. |
| 2804 | std::string Result; |
| 2805 | |
| 2806 | if (Param->getIdentifier() && !ObjCMethodParam && !SuppressName) |
| 2807 | Result = std::string(Param->getIdentifier()->getName()); |
| 2808 | |
| 2809 | QualType Type = Param->getType(); |
| 2810 | if (ObjCSubsts) |
| 2811 | Type = Type.substObjCTypeArgs(Param->getASTContext(), *ObjCSubsts, |
| 2812 | ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter); |
| 2813 | if (ObjCMethodParam) { |
| 2814 | Result = |
| 2815 | "(" + formatObjCParamQualifiers(Param->getObjCDeclQualifier(), Type); |
| 2816 | Result += Type.getAsString(Policy) + ")" ; |
| 2817 | if (Param->getIdentifier() && !SuppressName) |
| 2818 | Result += Param->getIdentifier()->getName(); |
| 2819 | } else { |
| 2820 | Type.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy); |
| 2821 | } |
| 2822 | return Result; |
| 2823 | } |
| 2824 | |
| 2825 | // The argument for a block pointer parameter is a block literal with |
| 2826 | // the appropriate type. |
| 2827 | FunctionTypeLoc Block; |
| 2828 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc BlockProto; |
| 2829 | findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(Param->getTypeSourceInfo(), Block, BlockProto, |
| 2830 | SuppressBlock); |
| 2831 | // Try to retrieve the block type information from the property if this is a |
| 2832 | // parameter in a setter. |
| 2833 | if (!Block && ObjCMethodParam && |
| 2834 | cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext())->isPropertyAccessor()) { |
| 2835 | if (const auto *PD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext()) |
| 2836 | ->findPropertyDecl(/*CheckOverrides=*/false)) |
| 2837 | findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(PD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Block, BlockProto, |
| 2838 | SuppressBlock); |
| 2839 | } |
| 2840 | |
| 2841 | if (!Block) { |
| 2842 | // We were unable to find a FunctionProtoTypeLoc with parameter names |
| 2843 | // for the block; just use the parameter type as a placeholder. |
| 2844 | std::string Result; |
| 2845 | if (!ObjCMethodParam && Param->getIdentifier()) |
| 2846 | Result = std::string(Param->getIdentifier()->getName()); |
| 2847 | |
| 2848 | QualType Type = Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
| 2849 | |
| 2850 | if (ObjCMethodParam) { |
| 2851 | Result = Type.getAsString(Policy); |
| 2852 | std::string Quals = |
| 2853 | formatObjCParamQualifiers(Param->getObjCDeclQualifier(), Type); |
| 2854 | if (!Quals.empty()) |
| 2855 | Result = "(" + Quals + " " + Result + ")" ; |
| 2856 | if (Result.back() != ')') |
| 2857 | Result += " " ; |
| 2858 | if (Param->getIdentifier()) |
| 2859 | Result += Param->getIdentifier()->getName(); |
| 2860 | } else { |
| 2861 | Type.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy); |
| 2862 | } |
| 2863 | |
| 2864 | return Result; |
| 2865 | } |
| 2866 | |
| 2867 | // We have the function prototype behind the block pointer type, as it was |
| 2868 | // written in the source. |
| 2869 | return formatBlockPlaceholder(Policy, Param, Block, BlockProto, |
| 2870 | /*SuppressBlockName=*/false, SuppressBlock, |
| 2871 | ObjCSubsts); |
| 2872 | } |
| 2873 | |
| 2874 | /// Returns a placeholder string that corresponds to an Objective-C block |
| 2875 | /// declaration. |
| 2876 | /// |
| 2877 | /// \param BlockDecl A declaration with an Objective-C block type. |
| 2878 | /// |
| 2879 | /// \param Block The most relevant type location for that block type. |
| 2880 | /// |
| 2881 | /// \param SuppressBlockName Determines whether or not the name of the block |
| 2882 | /// declaration is included in the resulting string. |
| 2883 | static std::string |
| 2884 | formatBlockPlaceholder(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const NamedDecl *BlockDecl, |
| 2885 | FunctionTypeLoc &Block, FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto, |
| 2886 | bool SuppressBlockName, bool SuppressBlock, |
| 2887 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts) { |
| 2888 | std::string Result; |
| 2889 | QualType ResultType = Block.getTypePtr()->getReturnType(); |
| 2890 | if (ObjCSubsts) |
| 2891 | ResultType = |
| 2892 | ResultType.substObjCTypeArgs(BlockDecl->getASTContext(), *ObjCSubsts, |
| 2893 | ObjCSubstitutionContext::Result); |
| 2894 | if (!ResultType->isVoidType() || SuppressBlock) |
| 2895 | ResultType.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy); |
| 2896 | |
| 2897 | // Format the parameter list. |
| 2898 | std::string Params; |
| 2899 | if (!BlockProto || Block.getNumParams() == 0) { |
| 2900 | if (BlockProto && BlockProto.getTypePtr()->isVariadic()) |
| 2901 | Params = "(...)" ; |
| 2902 | else |
| 2903 | Params = "(void)" ; |
| 2904 | } else { |
| 2905 | Params += "(" ; |
| 2906 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Block.getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) { |
| 2907 | if (I) |
| 2908 | Params += ", " ; |
| 2909 | Params += FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Block.getParam(I), |
| 2910 | /*SuppressName=*/false, |
| 2911 | /*SuppressBlock=*/true, ObjCSubsts); |
| 2912 | |
| 2913 | if (I == N - 1 && BlockProto.getTypePtr()->isVariadic()) |
| 2914 | Params += ", ..." ; |
| 2915 | } |
| 2916 | Params += ")" ; |
| 2917 | } |
| 2918 | |
| 2919 | if (SuppressBlock) { |
| 2920 | // Format as a parameter. |
| 2921 | Result = Result + " (^" ; |
| 2922 | if (!SuppressBlockName && BlockDecl->getIdentifier()) |
| 2923 | Result += BlockDecl->getIdentifier()->getName(); |
| 2924 | Result += ")" ; |
| 2925 | Result += Params; |
| 2926 | } else { |
| 2927 | // Format as a block literal argument. |
| 2928 | Result = '^' + Result; |
| 2929 | Result += Params; |
| 2930 | |
| 2931 | if (!SuppressBlockName && BlockDecl->getIdentifier()) |
| 2932 | Result += BlockDecl->getIdentifier()->getName(); |
| 2933 | } |
| 2934 | |
| 2935 | return Result; |
| 2936 | } |
| 2937 | |
| 2938 | static std::string GetDefaultValueString(const ParmVarDecl *Param, |
| 2939 | const SourceManager &SM, |
| 2940 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { |
| 2941 | const SourceRange SrcRange = Param->getDefaultArgRange(); |
| 2942 | CharSourceRange CharSrcRange = CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(SrcRange); |
| 2943 | bool Invalid = CharSrcRange.isInvalid(); |
| 2944 | if (Invalid) |
| 2945 | return "" ; |
| 2946 | StringRef srcText = |
| 2947 | Lexer::getSourceText(CharSrcRange, SM, LangOpts, &Invalid); |
| 2948 | if (Invalid) |
| 2949 | return "" ; |
| 2950 | |
| 2951 | if (srcText.empty() || srcText == "=" ) { |
| 2952 | // Lexer can't determine the value. |
| 2953 | // This happens if the code is incorrect (for example class is forward |
| 2954 | // declared). |
| 2955 | return "" ; |
| 2956 | } |
| 2957 | std::string DefValue(srcText.str()); |
| 2958 | // FIXME: remove this check if the Lexer::getSourceText value is fixed and |
| 2959 | // this value always has (or always does not have) '=' in front of it |
| 2960 | if (DefValue.at(0) != '=') { |
| 2961 | // If we don't have '=' in front of value. |
| 2962 | // Lexer returns built-in types values without '=' and user-defined types |
| 2963 | // values with it. |
| 2964 | return " = " + DefValue; |
| 2965 | } |
| 2966 | return " " + DefValue; |
| 2967 | } |
| 2968 | |
| 2969 | /// Add function parameter chunks to the given code completion string. |
| 2970 | static void AddFunctionParameterChunks(Preprocessor &PP, |
| 2971 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 2972 | const FunctionDecl *Function, |
| 2973 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, |
| 2974 | unsigned Start = 0, |
| 2975 | bool InOptional = false) { |
| 2976 | bool FirstParameter = true; |
| 2977 | |
| 2978 | for (unsigned P = Start, N = Function->getNumParams(); P != N; ++P) { |
| 2979 | const ParmVarDecl *Param = Function->getParamDecl(P); |
| 2980 | |
| 2981 | if (Param->hasDefaultArg() && !InOptional) { |
| 2982 | // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and |
| 2983 | // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string. |
| 2984 | CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(), |
| 2985 | Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 2986 | if (!FirstParameter) |
| 2987 | Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 2988 | AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Opt, P, true); |
| 2989 | Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString()); |
| 2990 | break; |
| 2991 | } |
| 2992 | |
| 2993 | if (FirstParameter) |
| 2994 | FirstParameter = false; |
| 2995 | else |
| 2996 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 2997 | |
| 2998 | InOptional = false; |
| 2999 | |
| 3000 | // Format the placeholder string. |
| 3001 | std::string PlaceholderStr = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Param); |
| 3002 | if (Param->hasDefaultArg()) |
| 3003 | PlaceholderStr += |
| 3004 | GetDefaultValueString(Param, PP.getSourceManager(), PP.getLangOpts()); |
| 3005 | |
| 3006 | if (Function->isVariadic() && P == N - 1) |
| 3007 | PlaceholderStr += ", ..." ; |
| 3008 | |
| 3009 | // Add the placeholder string. |
| 3010 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk( |
| 3011 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr)); |
| 3012 | } |
| 3013 | |
| 3014 | if (const auto *Proto = Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) |
| 3015 | if (Proto->isVariadic()) { |
| 3016 | if (Proto->getNumParams() == 0) |
| 3017 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk("..." ); |
| 3018 | |
| 3019 | MaybeAddSentinel(PP, Function, Result); |
| 3020 | } |
| 3021 | } |
| 3022 | |
| 3023 | /// Add template parameter chunks to the given code completion string. |
| 3024 | static void AddTemplateParameterChunks( |
| 3025 | ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 3026 | const TemplateDecl *Template, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, |
| 3027 | unsigned MaxParameters = 0, unsigned Start = 0, bool InDefaultArg = false) { |
| 3028 | bool FirstParameter = true; |
| 3029 | |
| 3030 | // Prefer to take the template parameter names from the first declaration of |
| 3031 | // the template. |
| 3032 | Template = cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()); |
| 3033 | |
| 3034 | TemplateParameterList *Params = Template->getTemplateParameters(); |
| 3035 | TemplateParameterList::iterator PEnd = Params->end(); |
| 3036 | if (MaxParameters) |
| 3037 | PEnd = Params->begin() + MaxParameters; |
| 3038 | for (TemplateParameterList::iterator P = Params->begin() + Start; P != PEnd; |
| 3039 | ++P) { |
| 3040 | bool HasDefaultArg = false; |
| 3041 | std::string PlaceholderStr; |
| 3042 | if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { |
| 3043 | if (TTP->wasDeclaredWithTypename()) |
| 3044 | PlaceholderStr = "typename" ; |
| 3045 | else if (const auto *TC = TTP->getTypeConstraint()) { |
| 3046 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(PlaceholderStr); |
| 3047 | TC->print(OS, Policy); |
| 3048 | OS.flush(); |
| 3049 | } else |
| 3050 | PlaceholderStr = "class" ; |
| 3051 | |
| 3052 | if (TTP->getIdentifier()) { |
| 3053 | PlaceholderStr += ' '; |
| 3054 | PlaceholderStr += TTP->getIdentifier()->getName(); |
| 3055 | } |
| 3056 | |
| 3057 | HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument(); |
| 3058 | } else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = |
| 3059 | dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { |
| 3060 | if (NTTP->getIdentifier()) |
| 3061 | PlaceholderStr = std::string(NTTP->getIdentifier()->getName()); |
| 3062 | NTTP->getType().getAsStringInternal(PlaceholderStr, Policy); |
| 3063 | HasDefaultArg = NTTP->hasDefaultArgument(); |
| 3064 | } else { |
| 3065 | assert(isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)); |
| 3066 | TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); |
| 3067 | |
| 3068 | // Since putting the template argument list into the placeholder would |
| 3069 | // be very, very long, we just use an abbreviation. |
| 3070 | PlaceholderStr = "template<...> class" ; |
| 3071 | if (TTP->getIdentifier()) { |
| 3072 | PlaceholderStr += ' '; |
| 3073 | PlaceholderStr += TTP->getIdentifier()->getName(); |
| 3074 | } |
| 3075 | |
| 3076 | HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument(); |
| 3077 | } |
| 3078 | |
| 3079 | if (HasDefaultArg && !InDefaultArg) { |
| 3080 | // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and |
| 3081 | // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string. |
| 3082 | CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(), |
| 3083 | Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 3084 | if (!FirstParameter) |
| 3085 | Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 3086 | AddTemplateParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Template, Opt, MaxParameters, |
| 3087 | P - Params->begin(), true); |
| 3088 | Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString()); |
| 3089 | break; |
| 3090 | } |
| 3091 | |
| 3092 | InDefaultArg = false; |
| 3093 | |
| 3094 | if (FirstParameter) |
| 3095 | FirstParameter = false; |
| 3096 | else |
| 3097 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 3098 | |
| 3099 | // Add the placeholder string. |
| 3100 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk( |
| 3101 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr)); |
| 3102 | } |
| 3103 | } |
| 3104 | |
| 3105 | /// Add a qualifier to the given code-completion string, if the |
| 3106 | /// provided nested-name-specifier is non-NULL. |
| 3107 | static void AddQualifierToCompletionString(CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, |
| 3108 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
| 3109 | bool QualifierIsInformative, |
| 3110 | ASTContext &Context, |
| 3111 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
| 3112 | if (!Qualifier) |
| 3113 | return; |
| 3114 | |
| 3115 | std::string PrintedNNS; |
| 3116 | { |
| 3117 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(PrintedNNS); |
| 3118 | Qualifier->print(OS, Policy); |
| 3119 | } |
| 3120 | if (QualifierIsInformative) |
| 3121 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PrintedNNS)); |
| 3122 | else |
| 3123 | Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PrintedNNS)); |
| 3124 | } |
| 3125 | |
| 3126 | static void |
| 3127 | AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, |
| 3128 | const FunctionDecl *Function) { |
| 3129 | const auto *Proto = Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| 3130 | if (!Proto || !Proto->getMethodQuals()) |
| 3131 | return; |
| 3132 | |
| 3133 | // FIXME: Add ref-qualifier! |
| 3134 | |
| 3135 | // Handle single qualifiers without copying |
| 3136 | if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyConst()) { |
| 3137 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(" const" ); |
| 3138 | return; |
| 3139 | } |
| 3140 | |
| 3141 | if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyVolatile()) { |
| 3142 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(" volatile" ); |
| 3143 | return; |
| 3144 | } |
| 3145 | |
| 3146 | if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyRestrict()) { |
| 3147 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(" restrict" ); |
| 3148 | return; |
| 3149 | } |
| 3150 | |
| 3151 | // Handle multiple qualifiers. |
| 3152 | std::string QualsStr; |
| 3153 | if (Proto->isConst()) |
| 3154 | QualsStr += " const" ; |
| 3155 | if (Proto->isVolatile()) |
| 3156 | QualsStr += " volatile" ; |
| 3157 | if (Proto->isRestrict()) |
| 3158 | QualsStr += " restrict" ; |
| 3159 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(QualsStr)); |
| 3160 | } |
| 3161 | |
| 3162 | /// Add the name of the given declaration |
| 3163 | static void AddTypedNameChunk(ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 3164 | const NamedDecl *ND, |
| 3165 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) { |
| 3166 | DeclarationName Name = ND->getDeclName(); |
| 3167 | if (!Name) |
| 3168 | return; |
| 3169 | |
| 3170 | switch (Name.getNameKind()) { |
| 3171 | case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName: { |
| 3172 | const char *OperatorName = nullptr; |
| 3173 | switch (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator()) { |
| 3174 | case OO_None: |
| 3175 | case OO_Conditional: |
| 3176 | case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS: |
| 3177 | OperatorName = "operator" ; |
| 3178 | break; |
| 3179 | |
| 3180 | #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name, Spelling, Token, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly) \ |
| 3181 | case OO_##Name: \ |
| 3182 | OperatorName = "operator" Spelling; \ |
| 3183 | break; |
| 3184 | #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR_MULTI(Name, Spelling, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly) |
| 3185 | #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def" |
| 3186 | |
| 3187 | case OO_New: |
| 3188 | OperatorName = "operator new" ; |
| 3189 | break; |
| 3190 | case OO_Delete: |
| 3191 | OperatorName = "operator delete" ; |
| 3192 | break; |
| 3193 | case OO_Array_New: |
| 3194 | OperatorName = "operator new[]" ; |
| 3195 | break; |
| 3196 | case OO_Array_Delete: |
| 3197 | OperatorName = "operator delete[]" ; |
| 3198 | break; |
| 3199 | case OO_Call: |
| 3200 | OperatorName = "operator()" ; |
| 3201 | break; |
| 3202 | case OO_Subscript: |
| 3203 | OperatorName = "operator[]" ; |
| 3204 | break; |
| 3205 | } |
| 3206 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(OperatorName); |
| 3207 | break; |
| 3208 | } |
| 3209 | |
| 3210 | case DeclarationName::Identifier: |
| 3211 | case DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName: |
| 3212 | case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName: |
| 3213 | case DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName: |
| 3214 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 3215 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString())); |
| 3216 | break; |
| 3217 | |
| 3218 | case DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName: |
| 3219 | case DeclarationName::CXXUsingDirective: |
| 3220 | case DeclarationName::ObjCZeroArgSelector: |
| 3221 | case DeclarationName::ObjCOneArgSelector: |
| 3222 | case DeclarationName::ObjCMultiArgSelector: |
| 3223 | break; |
| 3224 | |
| 3225 | case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName: { |
| 3226 | CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; |
| 3227 | QualType Ty = Name.getCXXNameType(); |
| 3228 | if (const auto *RecordTy = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) |
| 3229 | Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl()); |
| 3230 | else if (const auto *InjectedTy = Ty->getAs<InjectedClassNameType>()) |
| 3231 | Record = InjectedTy->getDecl(); |
| 3232 | else { |
| 3233 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 3234 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString())); |
| 3235 | break; |
| 3236 | } |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 3239 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Record->getNameAsString())); |
| 3240 | if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) { |
| 3241 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
| 3242 | AddTemplateParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Template, Result); |
| 3243 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
| 3244 | } |
| 3245 | break; |
| 3246 | } |
| 3247 | } |
| 3248 | } |
| 3249 | |
| 3250 | CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionString( |
| 3251 | Sema &S, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, |
| 3252 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, |
| 3253 | bool ) { |
| 3254 | return CreateCodeCompletionString(S.Context, S.PP, CCContext, Allocator, |
| 3255 | CCTUInfo, IncludeBriefComments); |
| 3256 | } |
| 3257 | |
| 3258 | CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionStringForMacro( |
| 3259 | Preprocessor &PP, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, |
| 3260 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo) { |
| 3261 | assert(Kind == RK_Macro); |
| 3262 | CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, Priority, Availability); |
| 3263 | const MacroInfo *MI = PP.getMacroInfo(Macro); |
| 3264 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Macro->getName())); |
| 3265 | |
| 3266 | if (!MI || !MI->isFunctionLike()) |
| 3267 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3268 | |
| 3269 | // Format a function-like macro with placeholders for the arguments. |
| 3270 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 3271 | MacroInfo::param_iterator A = MI->param_begin(), AEnd = MI->param_end(); |
| 3272 | |
| 3273 | // C99 variadic macros add __VA_ARGS__ at the end. Skip it. |
| 3274 | if (MI->isC99Varargs()) { |
| 3275 | --AEnd; |
| 3276 | |
| 3277 | if (A == AEnd) { |
| 3278 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk("..." ); |
| 3279 | } |
| 3280 | } |
| 3281 | |
| 3282 | for (MacroInfo::param_iterator A = MI->param_begin(); A != AEnd; ++A) { |
| 3283 | if (A != MI->param_begin()) |
| 3284 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 3285 | |
| 3286 | if (MI->isVariadic() && (A + 1) == AEnd) { |
| 3287 | SmallString<32> Arg = (*A)->getName(); |
| 3288 | if (MI->isC99Varargs()) |
| 3289 | Arg += ", ..." ; |
| 3290 | else |
| 3291 | Arg += "..." ; |
| 3292 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg)); |
| 3293 | break; |
| 3294 | } |
| 3295 | |
| 3296 | // Non-variadic macros are simple. |
| 3297 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk( |
| 3298 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString((*A)->getName())); |
| 3299 | } |
| 3300 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 3301 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3302 | } |
| 3303 | |
| 3304 | /// If possible, create a new code completion string for the given |
| 3305 | /// result. |
| 3306 | /// |
| 3307 | /// \returns Either a new, heap-allocated code completion string describing |
| 3308 | /// how to use this result, or NULL to indicate that the string or name of the |
| 3309 | /// result is all that is needed. |
| 3310 | CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionString( |
| 3311 | ASTContext &Ctx, Preprocessor &PP, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, |
| 3312 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, |
| 3313 | bool ) { |
| 3314 | if (Kind == RK_Macro) |
| 3315 | return CreateCodeCompletionStringForMacro(PP, Allocator, CCTUInfo); |
| 3316 | |
| 3317 | CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, Priority, Availability); |
| 3318 | |
| 3319 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Ctx, PP); |
| 3320 | if (Kind == RK_Pattern) { |
| 3321 | Pattern->Priority = Priority; |
| 3322 | Pattern->Availability = Availability; |
| 3323 | |
| 3324 | if (Declaration) { |
| 3325 | Result.addParentContext(Declaration->getDeclContext()); |
| 3326 | Pattern->ParentName = Result.getParentName(); |
| 3327 | if (const RawComment *RC = |
| 3328 | getPatternCompletionComment(Ctx, Declaration)) { |
| 3329 | Result.addBriefComment(RC->getBriefText(Ctx)); |
| 3330 | Pattern->BriefComment = Result.getBriefComment(); |
| 3331 | } |
| 3332 | } |
| 3333 | |
| 3334 | return Pattern; |
| 3335 | } |
| 3336 | |
| 3337 | if (Kind == RK_Keyword) { |
| 3338 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Keyword); |
| 3339 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3340 | } |
| 3341 | assert(Kind == RK_Declaration && "Missed a result kind?" ); |
| 3342 | return createCodeCompletionStringForDecl( |
| 3343 | PP, Ctx, Result, IncludeBriefComments, CCContext, Policy); |
| 3344 | } |
| 3345 | |
| 3346 | static void printOverrideString(const CodeCompletionString &CCS, |
| 3347 | std::string &BeforeName, |
| 3348 | std::string &NameAndSignature) { |
| 3349 | bool SeenTypedChunk = false; |
| 3350 | for (auto &Chunk : CCS) { |
| 3351 | if (Chunk.Kind == CodeCompletionString::CK_Optional) { |
| 3352 | assert(SeenTypedChunk && "optional parameter before name" ); |
| 3353 | // Note that we put all chunks inside into NameAndSignature. |
| 3354 | printOverrideString(*Chunk.Optional, NameAndSignature, NameAndSignature); |
| 3355 | continue; |
| 3356 | } |
| 3357 | SeenTypedChunk |= Chunk.Kind == CodeCompletionString::CK_TypedText; |
| 3358 | if (SeenTypedChunk) |
| 3359 | NameAndSignature += Chunk.Text; |
| 3360 | else |
| 3361 | BeforeName += Chunk.Text; |
| 3362 | } |
| 3363 | } |
| 3364 | |
| 3365 | CodeCompletionString * |
| 3366 | CodeCompletionResult::createCodeCompletionStringForOverride( |
| 3367 | Preprocessor &PP, ASTContext &Ctx, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, |
| 3368 | bool , const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, |
| 3369 | PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
| 3370 | auto *CCS = createCodeCompletionStringForDecl(PP, Ctx, Result, |
| 3371 | /*IncludeBriefComments=*/false, |
| 3372 | CCContext, Policy); |
| 3373 | std::string BeforeName; |
| 3374 | std::string NameAndSignature; |
| 3375 | // For overrides all chunks go into the result, none are informative. |
| 3376 | printOverrideString(*CCS, BeforeName, NameAndSignature); |
| 3377 | NameAndSignature += " override" ; |
| 3378 | |
| 3379 | Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(BeforeName)); |
| 3380 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 3381 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(NameAndSignature)); |
| 3382 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3383 | } |
| 3384 | |
| 3385 | // FIXME: Right now this works well with lambdas. Add support for other functor |
| 3386 | // types like std::function. |
| 3387 | static const NamedDecl *(const NamedDecl *ND) { |
| 3388 | const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ND); |
| 3389 | if (!VD) |
| 3390 | return nullptr; |
| 3391 | const auto *RecordDecl = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); |
| 3392 | if (!RecordDecl || !RecordDecl->isLambda()) |
| 3393 | return nullptr; |
| 3394 | return RecordDecl->getLambdaCallOperator(); |
| 3395 | } |
| 3396 | |
| 3397 | CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::createCodeCompletionStringForDecl( |
| 3398 | Preprocessor &PP, ASTContext &Ctx, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, |
| 3399 | bool , const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, |
| 3400 | PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
| 3401 | const NamedDecl *ND = Declaration; |
| 3402 | Result.addParentContext(ND->getDeclContext()); |
| 3403 | |
| 3404 | if (IncludeBriefComments) { |
| 3405 | // Add documentation comment, if it exists. |
| 3406 | if (const RawComment *RC = getCompletionComment(Ctx, Declaration)) { |
| 3407 | Result.addBriefComment(RC->getBriefText(Ctx)); |
| 3408 | } |
| 3409 | } |
| 3410 | |
| 3411 | if (StartsNestedNameSpecifier) { |
| 3412 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 3413 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString())); |
| 3414 | Result.AddTextChunk("::" ); |
| 3415 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3416 | } |
| 3417 | |
| 3418 | for (const auto *I : ND->specific_attrs<AnnotateAttr>()) |
| 3419 | Result.AddAnnotation(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(I->getAnnotation())); |
| 3420 | |
| 3421 | auto AddFunctionTypeAndResult = [&](const FunctionDecl *Function) { |
| 3422 | AddResultTypeChunk(Ctx, Policy, Function, CCContext.getBaseType(), Result); |
| 3423 | AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative, |
| 3424 | Ctx, Policy); |
| 3425 | AddTypedNameChunk(Ctx, Policy, ND, Result); |
| 3426 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 3427 | AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Result); |
| 3428 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 3429 | AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(Result, Function); |
| 3430 | }; |
| 3431 | |
| 3432 | if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) { |
| 3433 | AddFunctionTypeAndResult(Function); |
| 3434 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3435 | } |
| 3436 | |
| 3437 | if (const auto *CallOperator = |
| 3438 | dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(extractFunctorCallOperator(ND))) { |
| 3439 | AddFunctionTypeAndResult(CallOperator); |
| 3440 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3441 | } |
| 3442 | |
| 3443 | AddResultTypeChunk(Ctx, Policy, ND, CCContext.getBaseType(), Result); |
| 3444 | |
| 3445 | if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = |
| 3446 | dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) { |
| 3447 | AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative, |
| 3448 | Ctx, Policy); |
| 3449 | FunctionDecl *Function = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 3450 | AddTypedNameChunk(Ctx, Policy, Function, Result); |
| 3451 | |
| 3452 | // Figure out which template parameters are deduced (or have default |
| 3453 | // arguments). |
| 3454 | llvm::SmallBitVector Deduced; |
| 3455 | Sema::MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Ctx, FunTmpl, Deduced); |
| 3456 | unsigned LastDeducibleArgument; |
| 3457 | for (LastDeducibleArgument = Deduced.size(); LastDeducibleArgument > 0; |
| 3458 | --LastDeducibleArgument) { |
| 3459 | if (!Deduced[LastDeducibleArgument - 1]) { |
| 3460 | // C++0x: Figure out if the template argument has a default. If so, |
| 3461 | // the user doesn't need to type this argument. |
| 3462 | // FIXME: We need to abstract template parameters better! |
| 3463 | bool HasDefaultArg = false; |
| 3464 | NamedDecl *Param = FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters()->getParam( |
| 3465 | LastDeducibleArgument - 1); |
| 3466 | if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Param)) |
| 3467 | HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument(); |
| 3468 | else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = |
| 3469 | dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param)) |
| 3470 | HasDefaultArg = NTTP->hasDefaultArgument(); |
| 3471 | else { |
| 3472 | assert(isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param)); |
| 3473 | HasDefaultArg = |
| 3474 | cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param)->hasDefaultArgument(); |
| 3475 | } |
| 3476 | |
| 3477 | if (!HasDefaultArg) |
| 3478 | break; |
| 3479 | } |
| 3480 | } |
| 3481 | |
| 3482 | if (LastDeducibleArgument) { |
| 3483 | // Some of the function template arguments cannot be deduced from a |
| 3484 | // function call, so we introduce an explicit template argument list |
| 3485 | // containing all of the arguments up to the first deducible argument. |
| 3486 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
| 3487 | AddTemplateParameterChunks(Ctx, Policy, FunTmpl, Result, |
| 3488 | LastDeducibleArgument); |
| 3489 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
| 3490 | } |
| 3491 | |
| 3492 | // Add the function parameters |
| 3493 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 3494 | AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Result); |
| 3495 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 3496 | AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(Result, Function); |
| 3497 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3498 | } |
| 3499 | |
| 3500 | if (const auto *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND)) { |
| 3501 | AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative, |
| 3502 | Ctx, Policy); |
| 3503 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 3504 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Template->getNameAsString())); |
| 3505 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
| 3506 | AddTemplateParameterChunks(Ctx, Policy, Template, Result); |
| 3507 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
| 3508 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3509 | } |
| 3510 | |
| 3511 | if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) { |
| 3512 | Selector Sel = Method->getSelector(); |
| 3513 | if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) { |
| 3514 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 3515 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0))); |
| 3516 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3517 | } |
| 3518 | |
| 3519 | std::string SelName = Sel.getNameForSlot(0).str(); |
| 3520 | SelName += ':'; |
| 3521 | if (StartParameter == 0) |
| 3522 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(SelName)); |
| 3523 | else { |
| 3524 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(SelName)); |
| 3525 | |
| 3526 | // If there is only one parameter, and we're past it, add an empty |
| 3527 | // typed-text chunk since there is nothing to type. |
| 3528 | if (Method->param_size() == 1) |
| 3529 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk("" ); |
| 3530 | } |
| 3531 | unsigned Idx = 0; |
| 3532 | // The extra Idx < Sel.getNumArgs() check is needed due to legacy C-style |
| 3533 | // method parameters. |
| 3534 | for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator P = Method->param_begin(), |
| 3535 | PEnd = Method->param_end(); |
| 3536 | P != PEnd && Idx < Sel.getNumArgs(); (void)++P, ++Idx) { |
| 3537 | if (Idx > 0) { |
| 3538 | std::string Keyword; |
| 3539 | if (Idx > StartParameter) |
| 3540 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 3541 | if (IdentifierInfo *II = Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(Idx)) |
| 3542 | Keyword += II->getName(); |
| 3543 | Keyword += ":" ; |
| 3544 | if (Idx < StartParameter || AllParametersAreInformative) |
| 3545 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Keyword)); |
| 3546 | else |
| 3547 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Keyword)); |
| 3548 | } |
| 3549 | |
| 3550 | // If we're before the starting parameter, skip the placeholder. |
| 3551 | if (Idx < StartParameter) |
| 3552 | continue; |
| 3553 | |
| 3554 | std::string Arg; |
| 3555 | QualType ParamType = (*P)->getType(); |
| 3556 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts; |
| 3557 | if (!CCContext.getBaseType().isNull()) |
| 3558 | ObjCSubsts = CCContext.getBaseType()->getObjCSubstitutions(Method); |
| 3559 | |
| 3560 | if (ParamType->isBlockPointerType() && !DeclaringEntity) |
| 3561 | Arg = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, *P, true, |
| 3562 | /*SuppressBlock=*/false, ObjCSubsts); |
| 3563 | else { |
| 3564 | if (ObjCSubsts) |
| 3565 | ParamType = ParamType.substObjCTypeArgs( |
| 3566 | Ctx, *ObjCSubsts, ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter); |
| 3567 | Arg = "(" + formatObjCParamQualifiers((*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier(), |
| 3568 | ParamType); |
| 3569 | Arg += ParamType.getAsString(Policy) + ")" ; |
| 3570 | if (IdentifierInfo *II = (*P)->getIdentifier()) |
| 3571 | if (DeclaringEntity || AllParametersAreInformative) |
| 3572 | Arg += II->getName(); |
| 3573 | } |
| 3574 | |
| 3575 | if (Method->isVariadic() && (P + 1) == PEnd) |
| 3576 | Arg += ", ..." ; |
| 3577 | |
| 3578 | if (DeclaringEntity) |
| 3579 | Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg)); |
| 3580 | else if (AllParametersAreInformative) |
| 3581 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg)); |
| 3582 | else |
| 3583 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg)); |
| 3584 | } |
| 3585 | |
| 3586 | if (Method->isVariadic()) { |
| 3587 | if (Method->param_size() == 0) { |
| 3588 | if (DeclaringEntity) |
| 3589 | Result.AddTextChunk(", ..." ); |
| 3590 | else if (AllParametersAreInformative) |
| 3591 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(", ..." ); |
| 3592 | else |
| 3593 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(", ..." ); |
| 3594 | } |
| 3595 | |
| 3596 | MaybeAddSentinel(PP, Method, Result); |
| 3597 | } |
| 3598 | |
| 3599 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3600 | } |
| 3601 | |
| 3602 | if (Qualifier) |
| 3603 | AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative, |
| 3604 | Ctx, Policy); |
| 3605 | |
| 3606 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 3607 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString())); |
| 3608 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3609 | } |
| 3610 | |
| 3611 | const RawComment *clang::(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
| 3612 | const NamedDecl *ND) { |
| 3613 | if (!ND) |
| 3614 | return nullptr; |
| 3615 | if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(ND)) |
| 3616 | return RC; |
| 3617 | |
| 3618 | // Try to find comment from a property for ObjC methods. |
| 3619 | const auto *M = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND); |
| 3620 | if (!M) |
| 3621 | return nullptr; |
| 3622 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = M->findPropertyDecl(); |
| 3623 | if (!PDecl) |
| 3624 | return nullptr; |
| 3625 | |
| 3626 | return Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(PDecl); |
| 3627 | } |
| 3628 | |
| 3629 | const RawComment *clang::(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
| 3630 | const NamedDecl *ND) { |
| 3631 | const auto *M = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND); |
| 3632 | if (!M || !M->isPropertyAccessor()) |
| 3633 | return nullptr; |
| 3634 | |
| 3635 | // Provide code completion comment for self.GetterName where |
| 3636 | // GetterName is the getter method for a property with name |
| 3637 | // different from the property name (declared via a property |
| 3638 | // getter attribute. |
| 3639 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = M->findPropertyDecl(); |
| 3640 | if (!PDecl) |
| 3641 | return nullptr; |
| 3642 | if (PDecl->getGetterName() == M->getSelector() && |
| 3643 | PDecl->getIdentifier() != M->getIdentifier()) { |
| 3644 | if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(M)) |
| 3645 | return RC; |
| 3646 | if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(PDecl)) |
| 3647 | return RC; |
| 3648 | } |
| 3649 | return nullptr; |
| 3650 | } |
| 3651 | |
| 3652 | const RawComment *clang::getParameterComment( |
| 3653 | const ASTContext &Ctx, |
| 3654 | const CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate &Result, unsigned ArgIndex) { |
| 3655 | auto FDecl = Result.getFunction(); |
| 3656 | if (!FDecl) |
| 3657 | return nullptr; |
| 3658 | if (ArgIndex < FDecl->getNumParams()) |
| 3659 | return Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(FDecl->getParamDecl(ArgIndex)); |
| 3660 | return nullptr; |
| 3661 | } |
| 3662 | |
| 3663 | /// Add function overload parameter chunks to the given code completion |
| 3664 | /// string. |
| 3665 | static void AddOverloadParameterChunks(ASTContext &Context, |
| 3666 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 3667 | const FunctionDecl *Function, |
| 3668 | const FunctionProtoType *Prototype, |
| 3669 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, |
| 3670 | unsigned CurrentArg, unsigned Start = 0, |
| 3671 | bool InOptional = false) { |
| 3672 | bool FirstParameter = true; |
| 3673 | unsigned NumParams = |
| 3674 | Function ? Function->getNumParams() : Prototype->getNumParams(); |
| 3675 | |
| 3676 | for (unsigned P = Start; P != NumParams; ++P) { |
| 3677 | if (Function && Function->getParamDecl(P)->hasDefaultArg() && !InOptional) { |
| 3678 | // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and |
| 3679 | // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string. |
| 3680 | CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(), |
| 3681 | Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 3682 | if (!FirstParameter) |
| 3683 | Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 3684 | // Optional sections are nested. |
| 3685 | AddOverloadParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Function, Prototype, Opt, |
| 3686 | CurrentArg, P, /*InOptional=*/true); |
| 3687 | Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString()); |
| 3688 | return; |
| 3689 | } |
| 3690 | |
| 3691 | if (FirstParameter) |
| 3692 | FirstParameter = false; |
| 3693 | else |
| 3694 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 3695 | |
| 3696 | InOptional = false; |
| 3697 | |
| 3698 | // Format the placeholder string. |
| 3699 | std::string Placeholder; |
| 3700 | if (Function) { |
| 3701 | const ParmVarDecl *Param = Function->getParamDecl(P); |
| 3702 | Placeholder = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Param); |
| 3703 | if (Param->hasDefaultArg()) |
| 3704 | Placeholder += GetDefaultValueString(Param, Context.getSourceManager(), |
| 3705 | Context.getLangOpts()); |
| 3706 | } else { |
| 3707 | Placeholder = Prototype->getParamType(P).getAsString(Policy); |
| 3708 | } |
| 3709 | |
| 3710 | if (P == CurrentArg) |
| 3711 | Result.AddCurrentParameterChunk( |
| 3712 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Placeholder)); |
| 3713 | else |
| 3714 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Placeholder)); |
| 3715 | } |
| 3716 | |
| 3717 | if (Prototype && Prototype->isVariadic()) { |
| 3718 | CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(), |
| 3719 | Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 3720 | if (!FirstParameter) |
| 3721 | Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 3722 | |
| 3723 | if (CurrentArg < NumParams) |
| 3724 | Opt.AddPlaceholderChunk("..." ); |
| 3725 | else |
| 3726 | Opt.AddCurrentParameterChunk("..." ); |
| 3727 | |
| 3728 | Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString()); |
| 3729 | } |
| 3730 | } |
| 3731 | |
| 3732 | CodeCompletionString * |
| 3733 | CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate::CreateSignatureString( |
| 3734 | unsigned CurrentArg, Sema &S, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, |
| 3735 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, bool ) const { |
| 3736 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S); |
| 3737 | // Show signatures of constructors as they are declared: |
| 3738 | // vector(int n) rather than vector<string>(int n) |
| 3739 | // This is less noisy without being less clear, and avoids tricky cases. |
| 3740 | Policy.SuppressTemplateArgsInCXXConstructors = true; |
| 3741 | |
| 3742 | // FIXME: Set priority, availability appropriately. |
| 3743 | CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, 1, |
| 3744 | CXAvailability_Available); |
| 3745 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = getFunction(); |
| 3746 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto = |
| 3747 | dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(getFunctionType()); |
| 3748 | if (!FDecl && !Proto) { |
| 3749 | // Function without a prototype. Just give the return type and a |
| 3750 | // highlighted ellipsis. |
| 3751 | const FunctionType *FT = getFunctionType(); |
| 3752 | Result.AddResultTypeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString( |
| 3753 | FT->getReturnType().getAsString(Policy))); |
| 3754 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 3755 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_CurrentParameter, "..." ); |
| 3756 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 3757 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3758 | } |
| 3759 | |
| 3760 | if (FDecl) { |
| 3761 | if (IncludeBriefComments) { |
| 3762 | if (auto RC = getParameterComment(S.getASTContext(), *this, CurrentArg)) |
| 3763 | Result.addBriefComment(RC->getBriefText(S.getASTContext())); |
| 3764 | } |
| 3765 | AddResultTypeChunk(S.Context, Policy, FDecl, QualType(), Result); |
| 3766 | |
| 3767 | std::string Name; |
| 3768 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Name); |
| 3769 | FDecl->getDeclName().print(OS, Policy); |
| 3770 | Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(OS.str())); |
| 3771 | } else { |
| 3772 | Result.AddResultTypeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString( |
| 3773 | Proto->getReturnType().getAsString(Policy))); |
| 3774 | } |
| 3775 | |
| 3776 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 3777 | AddOverloadParameterChunks(S.getASTContext(), Policy, FDecl, Proto, Result, |
| 3778 | CurrentArg); |
| 3779 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 3780 | |
| 3781 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3782 | } |
| 3783 | |
| 3784 | unsigned clang::getMacroUsagePriority(StringRef MacroName, |
| 3785 | const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
| 3786 | bool PreferredTypeIsPointer) { |
| 3787 | unsigned Priority = CCP_Macro; |
| 3788 | |
| 3789 | // Treat the "nil", "Nil" and "NULL" macros as null pointer constants. |
| 3790 | if (MacroName.equals("nil" ) || MacroName.equals("NULL" ) || |
| 3791 | MacroName.equals("Nil" )) { |
| 3792 | Priority = CCP_Constant; |
| 3793 | if (PreferredTypeIsPointer) |
| 3794 | Priority = Priority / CCF_SimilarTypeMatch; |
| 3795 | } |
| 3796 | // Treat "YES", "NO", "true", and "false" as constants. |
| 3797 | else if (MacroName.equals("YES" ) || MacroName.equals("NO" ) || |
| 3798 | MacroName.equals("true" ) || MacroName.equals("false" )) |
| 3799 | Priority = CCP_Constant; |
| 3800 | // Treat "bool" as a type. |
| 3801 | else if (MacroName.equals("bool" )) |
| 3802 | Priority = CCP_Type + (LangOpts.ObjC ? CCD_bool_in_ObjC : 0); |
| 3803 | |
| 3804 | return Priority; |
| 3805 | } |
| 3806 | |
| 3807 | CXCursorKind clang::getCursorKindForDecl(const Decl *D) { |
| 3808 | if (!D) |
| 3809 | return CXCursor_UnexposedDecl; |
| 3810 | |
| 3811 | switch (D->getKind()) { |
| 3812 | case Decl::Enum: |
| 3813 | return CXCursor_EnumDecl; |
| 3814 | case Decl::EnumConstant: |
| 3815 | return CXCursor_EnumConstantDecl; |
| 3816 | case Decl::Field: |
| 3817 | return CXCursor_FieldDecl; |
| 3818 | case Decl::Function: |
| 3819 | return CXCursor_FunctionDecl; |
| 3820 | case Decl::ObjCCategory: |
| 3821 | return CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl; |
| 3822 | case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl: |
| 3823 | return CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl; |
| 3824 | case Decl::ObjCImplementation: |
| 3825 | return CXCursor_ObjCImplementationDecl; |
| 3826 | |
| 3827 | case Decl::ObjCInterface: |
| 3828 | return CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
| 3829 | case Decl::ObjCIvar: |
| 3830 | return CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl; |
| 3831 | case Decl::ObjCMethod: |
| 3832 | return cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->isInstanceMethod() |
| 3833 | ? CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl |
| 3834 | : CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl; |
| 3835 | case Decl::CXXMethod: |
| 3836 | return CXCursor_CXXMethod; |
| 3837 | case Decl::CXXConstructor: |
| 3838 | return CXCursor_Constructor; |
| 3839 | case Decl::CXXDestructor: |
| 3840 | return CXCursor_Destructor; |
| 3841 | case Decl::CXXConversion: |
| 3842 | return CXCursor_ConversionFunction; |
| 3843 | case Decl::ObjCProperty: |
| 3844 | return CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl; |
| 3845 | case Decl::ObjCProtocol: |
| 3846 | return CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl; |
| 3847 | case Decl::ParmVar: |
| 3848 | return CXCursor_ParmDecl; |
| 3849 | case Decl::Typedef: |
| 3850 | return CXCursor_TypedefDecl; |
| 3851 | case Decl::TypeAlias: |
| 3852 | return CXCursor_TypeAliasDecl; |
| 3853 | case Decl::TypeAliasTemplate: |
| 3854 | return CXCursor_TypeAliasTemplateDecl; |
| 3855 | case Decl::Var: |
| 3856 | return CXCursor_VarDecl; |
| 3857 | case Decl::Namespace: |
| 3858 | return CXCursor_Namespace; |
| 3859 | case Decl::NamespaceAlias: |
| 3860 | return CXCursor_NamespaceAlias; |
| 3861 | case Decl::TemplateTypeParm: |
| 3862 | return CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter; |
| 3863 | case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: |
| 3864 | return CXCursor_NonTypeTemplateParameter; |
| 3865 | case Decl::TemplateTemplateParm: |
| 3866 | return CXCursor_TemplateTemplateParameter; |
| 3867 | case Decl::FunctionTemplate: |
| 3868 | return CXCursor_FunctionTemplate; |
| 3869 | case Decl::ClassTemplate: |
| 3870 | return CXCursor_ClassTemplate; |
| 3871 | case Decl::AccessSpec: |
| 3872 | return CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier; |
| 3873 | case Decl::ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization: |
| 3874 | return CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization; |
| 3875 | case Decl::UsingDirective: |
| 3876 | return CXCursor_UsingDirective; |
| 3877 | case Decl::StaticAssert: |
| 3878 | return CXCursor_StaticAssert; |
| 3879 | case Decl::Friend: |
| 3880 | return CXCursor_FriendDecl; |
| 3881 | case Decl::TranslationUnit: |
| 3882 | return CXCursor_TranslationUnit; |
| 3883 | |
| 3884 | case Decl::Using: |
| 3885 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue: |
| 3886 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingTypename: |
| 3887 | return CXCursor_UsingDeclaration; |
| 3888 | |
| 3889 | case Decl::ObjCPropertyImpl: |
| 3890 | switch (cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D)->getPropertyImplementation()) { |
| 3891 | case ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic: |
| 3892 | return CXCursor_ObjCDynamicDecl; |
| 3893 | |
| 3894 | case ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Synthesize: |
| 3895 | return CXCursor_ObjCSynthesizeDecl; |
| 3896 | } |
| 3897 | llvm_unreachable("Unexpected Kind!" ); |
| 3898 | |
| 3899 | case Decl::Import: |
| 3900 | return CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl; |
| 3901 | |
| 3902 | case Decl::ObjCTypeParam: |
| 3903 | return CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter; |
| 3904 | |
| 3905 | default: |
| 3906 | if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { |
| 3907 | switch (TD->getTagKind()) { |
| 3908 | case TTK_Interface: // fall through |
| 3909 | case TTK_Struct: |
| 3910 | return CXCursor_StructDecl; |
| 3911 | case TTK_Class: |
| 3912 | return CXCursor_ClassDecl; |
| 3913 | case TTK_Union: |
| 3914 | return CXCursor_UnionDecl; |
| 3915 | case TTK_Enum: |
| 3916 | return CXCursor_EnumDecl; |
| 3917 | } |
| 3918 | } |
| 3919 | } |
| 3920 | |
| 3921 | return CXCursor_UnexposedDecl; |
| 3922 | } |
| 3923 | |
| 3924 | static void AddMacroResults(Preprocessor &PP, ResultBuilder &Results, |
| 3925 | bool LoadExternal, bool IncludeUndefined, |
| 3926 | bool TargetTypeIsPointer = false) { |
| 3927 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 3928 | |
| 3929 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 3930 | |
| 3931 | for (Preprocessor::macro_iterator M = PP.macro_begin(LoadExternal), |
| 3932 | MEnd = PP.macro_end(LoadExternal); |
| 3933 | M != MEnd; ++M) { |
| 3934 | auto MD = PP.getMacroDefinition(M->first); |
| 3935 | if (IncludeUndefined || MD) { |
| 3936 | MacroInfo *MI = MD.getMacroInfo(); |
| 3937 | if (MI && MI->isUsedForHeaderGuard()) |
| 3938 | continue; |
| 3939 | |
| 3940 | Results.AddResult( |
| 3941 | Result(M->first, MI, |
| 3942 | getMacroUsagePriority(M->first->getName(), PP.getLangOpts(), |
| 3943 | TargetTypeIsPointer))); |
| 3944 | } |
| 3945 | } |
| 3946 | |
| 3947 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 3948 | } |
| 3949 | |
| 3950 | static void AddPrettyFunctionResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
| 3951 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
| 3952 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 3953 | |
| 3954 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 3955 | |
| 3956 | Results.AddResult(Result("__PRETTY_FUNCTION__" , CCP_Constant)); |
| 3957 | Results.AddResult(Result("__FUNCTION__" , CCP_Constant)); |
| 3958 | if (LangOpts.C99 || LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) |
| 3959 | Results.AddResult(Result("__func__" , CCP_Constant)); |
| 3960 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 3961 | } |
| 3962 | |
| 3963 | static void HandleCodeCompleteResults(Sema *S, |
| 3964 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter, |
| 3965 | CodeCompletionContext Context, |
| 3966 | CodeCompletionResult *Results, |
| 3967 | unsigned NumResults) { |
| 3968 | if (CodeCompleter) |
| 3969 | CodeCompleter->ProcessCodeCompleteResults(*S, Context, Results, NumResults); |
| 3970 | } |
| 3971 | |
| 3972 | static CodeCompletionContext |
| 3973 | mapCodeCompletionContext(Sema &S, Sema::ParserCompletionContext PCC) { |
| 3974 | switch (PCC) { |
| 3975 | case Sema::PCC_Namespace: |
| 3976 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TopLevel; |
| 3977 | |
| 3978 | case Sema::PCC_Class: |
| 3979 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion; |
| 3980 | |
| 3981 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface: |
| 3982 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterface; |
| 3983 | |
| 3984 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation: |
| 3985 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCImplementation; |
| 3986 | |
| 3987 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: |
| 3988 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCIvarList; |
| 3989 | |
| 3990 | case Sema::PCC_Template: |
| 3991 | case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate: |
| 3992 | if (S.CurContext->isFileContext()) |
| 3993 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TopLevel; |
| 3994 | if (S.CurContext->isRecord()) |
| 3995 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion; |
| 3996 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other; |
| 3997 | |
| 3998 | case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction: |
| 3999 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery; |
| 4000 | |
| 4001 | case Sema::PCC_ForInit: |
| 4002 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || S.getLangOpts().C99 || |
| 4003 | S.getLangOpts().ObjC) |
| 4004 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression; |
| 4005 | else |
| 4006 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression; |
| 4007 | |
| 4008 | case Sema::PCC_Expression: |
| 4009 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression; |
| 4010 | case Sema::PCC_Condition: |
| 4011 | return CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression, |
| 4012 | S.getASTContext().BoolTy); |
| 4013 | |
| 4014 | case Sema::PCC_Statement: |
| 4015 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement; |
| 4016 | |
| 4017 | case Sema::PCC_Type: |
| 4018 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type; |
| 4019 | |
| 4020 | case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: |
| 4021 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression; |
| 4022 | |
| 4023 | case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: |
| 4024 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type; |
| 4025 | } |
| 4026 | |
| 4027 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid ParserCompletionContext!" ); |
| 4028 | } |
| 4029 | |
| 4030 | /// If we're in a C++ virtual member function, add completion results |
| 4031 | /// that invoke the functions we override, since it's common to invoke the |
| 4032 | /// overridden function as well as adding new functionality. |
| 4033 | /// |
| 4034 | /// \param S The semantic analysis object for which we are generating results. |
| 4035 | /// |
| 4036 | /// \param InContext This context in which the nested-name-specifier preceding |
| 4037 | /// the code-completion point |
| 4038 | static void MaybeAddOverrideCalls(Sema &S, DeclContext *InContext, |
| 4039 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
| 4040 | // Look through blocks. |
| 4041 | DeclContext *CurContext = S.CurContext; |
| 4042 | while (isa<BlockDecl>(CurContext)) |
| 4043 | CurContext = CurContext->getParent(); |
| 4044 | |
| 4045 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext); |
| 4046 | if (!Method || !Method->isVirtual()) |
| 4047 | return; |
| 4048 | |
| 4049 | // We need to have names for all of the parameters, if we're going to |
| 4050 | // generate a forwarding call. |
| 4051 | for (auto P : Method->parameters()) |
| 4052 | if (!P->getDeclName()) |
| 4053 | return; |
| 4054 | |
| 4055 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S); |
| 4056 | for (const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden : Method->overridden_methods()) { |
| 4057 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 4058 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 4059 | if (Overridden->getCanonicalDecl() == Method->getCanonicalDecl()) |
| 4060 | continue; |
| 4061 | |
| 4062 | // If we need a nested-name-specifier, add one now. |
| 4063 | if (!InContext) { |
| 4064 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = getRequiredQualification( |
| 4065 | S.Context, CurContext, Overridden->getDeclContext()); |
| 4066 | if (NNS) { |
| 4067 | std::string Str; |
| 4068 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Str); |
| 4069 | NNS->print(OS, Policy); |
| 4070 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Results.getAllocator().CopyString(OS.str())); |
| 4071 | } |
| 4072 | } else if (!InContext->Equals(Overridden->getDeclContext())) |
| 4073 | continue; |
| 4074 | |
| 4075 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 4076 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Overridden->getNameAsString())); |
| 4077 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 4078 | bool FirstParam = true; |
| 4079 | for (auto P : Method->parameters()) { |
| 4080 | if (FirstParam) |
| 4081 | FirstParam = false; |
| 4082 | else |
| 4083 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 4084 | |
| 4085 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk( |
| 4086 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(P->getIdentifier()->getName())); |
| 4087 | } |
| 4088 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 4089 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult( |
| 4090 | Builder.TakeString(), CCP_SuperCompletion, CXCursor_CXXMethod, |
| 4091 | CXAvailability_Available, Overridden)); |
| 4092 | Results.Ignore(Overridden); |
| 4093 | } |
| 4094 | } |
| 4095 | |
| 4096 | void Sema::CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, |
| 4097 | ModuleIdPath Path) { |
| 4098 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 4099 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 4100 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 4101 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
| 4102 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 4103 | |
| 4104 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); |
| 4105 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 4106 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 4107 | if (Path.empty()) { |
| 4108 | // Enumerate all top-level modules. |
| 4109 | SmallVector<Module *, 8> Modules; |
| 4110 | PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().collectAllModules(Modules); |
| 4111 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Modules.size(); I != N; ++I) { |
| 4112 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 4113 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Modules[I]->Name)); |
| 4114 | Results.AddResult(Result( |
| 4115 | Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Declaration, CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl, |
| 4116 | Modules[I]->isAvailable() ? CXAvailability_Available |
| 4117 | : CXAvailability_NotAvailable)); |
| 4118 | } |
| 4119 | } else if (getLangOpts().Modules) { |
| 4120 | // Load the named module. |
| 4121 | Module *Mod = |
| 4122 | PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, |
| 4123 | /*IsInclusionDirective=*/false); |
| 4124 | // Enumerate submodules. |
| 4125 | if (Mod) { |
| 4126 | for (Module::submodule_iterator Sub = Mod->submodule_begin(), |
| 4127 | SubEnd = Mod->submodule_end(); |
| 4128 | Sub != SubEnd; ++Sub) { |
| 4129 | |
| 4130 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 4131 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString((*Sub)->Name)); |
| 4132 | Results.AddResult(Result( |
| 4133 | Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Declaration, CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl, |
| 4134 | (*Sub)->isAvailable() ? CXAvailability_Available |
| 4135 | : CXAvailability_NotAvailable)); |
| 4136 | } |
| 4137 | } |
| 4138 | } |
| 4139 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 4140 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 4141 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 4142 | } |
| 4143 | |
| 4144 | void Sema::CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, |
| 4145 | ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext) { |
| 4146 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 4147 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 4148 | mapCodeCompletionContext(*this, CompletionContext)); |
| 4149 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 4150 | |
| 4151 | // Determine how to filter results, e.g., so that the names of |
| 4152 | // values (functions, enumerators, function templates, etc.) are |
| 4153 | // only allowed where we can have an expression. |
| 4154 | switch (CompletionContext) { |
| 4155 | case PCC_Namespace: |
| 4156 | case PCC_Class: |
| 4157 | case PCC_ObjCInterface: |
| 4158 | case PCC_ObjCImplementation: |
| 4159 | case PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: |
| 4160 | case PCC_Template: |
| 4161 | case PCC_MemberTemplate: |
| 4162 | case PCC_Type: |
| 4163 | case PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: |
| 4164 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName); |
| 4165 | break; |
| 4166 | |
| 4167 | case PCC_Statement: |
| 4168 | case PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: |
| 4169 | case PCC_Expression: |
| 4170 | case PCC_ForInit: |
| 4171 | case PCC_Condition: |
| 4172 | if (WantTypesInContext(CompletionContext, getLangOpts())) |
| 4173 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName); |
| 4174 | else |
| 4175 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName); |
| 4176 | |
| 4177 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 4178 | MaybeAddOverrideCalls(*this, /*InContext=*/nullptr, Results); |
| 4179 | break; |
| 4180 | |
| 4181 | case PCC_RecoveryInFunction: |
| 4182 | // Unfiltered |
| 4183 | break; |
| 4184 | } |
| 4185 | |
| 4186 | // If we are in a C++ non-static member function, check the qualifiers on |
| 4187 | // the member function to filter/prioritize the results list. |
| 4188 | auto ThisType = getCurrentThisType(); |
| 4189 | if (!ThisType.isNull()) |
| 4190 | Results.setObjectTypeQualifiers(ThisType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers(), |
| 4191 | VK_LValue); |
| 4192 | |
| 4193 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
| 4194 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
| 4195 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
| 4196 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 4197 | |
| 4198 | AddOrdinaryNameResults(CompletionContext, S, *this, Results); |
| 4199 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 4200 | |
| 4201 | switch (CompletionContext) { |
| 4202 | case PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: |
| 4203 | case PCC_Expression: |
| 4204 | case PCC_Statement: |
| 4205 | case PCC_RecoveryInFunction: |
| 4206 | if (S->getFnParent()) |
| 4207 | AddPrettyFunctionResults(getLangOpts(), Results); |
| 4208 | break; |
| 4209 | |
| 4210 | case PCC_Namespace: |
| 4211 | case PCC_Class: |
| 4212 | case PCC_ObjCInterface: |
| 4213 | case PCC_ObjCImplementation: |
| 4214 | case PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: |
| 4215 | case PCC_Template: |
| 4216 | case PCC_MemberTemplate: |
| 4217 | case PCC_ForInit: |
| 4218 | case PCC_Condition: |
| 4219 | case PCC_Type: |
| 4220 | case PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: |
| 4221 | break; |
| 4222 | } |
| 4223 | |
| 4224 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) |
| 4225 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false); |
| 4226 | |
| 4227 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 4228 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 4229 | } |
| 4230 | |
| 4231 | static void AddClassMessageCompletions(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, |
| 4232 | ParsedType Receiver, |
| 4233 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
| 4234 | bool AtArgumentExpression, bool IsSuper, |
| 4235 | ResultBuilder &Results); |
| 4236 | |
| 4237 | void Sema::CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
| 4238 | bool AllowNonIdentifiers, |
| 4239 | bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers) { |
| 4240 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 4241 | ResultBuilder Results( |
| 4242 | *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 4243 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 4244 | AllowNestedNameSpecifiers |
| 4245 | // FIXME: Try to separate codepath leading here to deduce whether we |
| 4246 | // need an existing symbol or a new one. |
| 4247 | ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SymbolOrNewName |
| 4248 | : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_NewName); |
| 4249 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 4250 | |
| 4251 | // Type qualifiers can come after names. |
| 4252 | Results.AddResult(Result("const" )); |
| 4253 | Results.AddResult(Result("volatile" )); |
| 4254 | if (getLangOpts().C99) |
| 4255 | Results.AddResult(Result("restrict" )); |
| 4256 | |
| 4257 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 4258 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && |
| 4259 | (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || |
| 4260 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct)) |
| 4261 | Results.AddResult("final" ); |
| 4262 | |
| 4263 | if (AllowNonIdentifiers) { |
| 4264 | Results.AddResult(Result("operator" )); |
| 4265 | } |
| 4266 | |
| 4267 | // Add nested-name-specifiers. |
| 4268 | if (AllowNestedNameSpecifiers) { |
| 4269 | Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers(); |
| 4270 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsImpossibleToSatisfy); |
| 4271 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
| 4272 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, Consumer, |
| 4273 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
| 4274 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 4275 | Results.setFilter(nullptr); |
| 4276 | } |
| 4277 | } |
| 4278 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 4279 | |
| 4280 | // If we're in a context where we might have an expression (rather than a |
| 4281 | // declaration), and what we've seen so far is an Objective-C type that could |
| 4282 | // be a receiver of a class message, this may be a class message send with |
| 4283 | // the initial opening bracket '[' missing. Add appropriate completions. |
| 4284 | if (AllowNonIdentifiers && !AllowNestedNameSpecifiers && |
| 4285 | DS.getParsedSpecifiers() == DeclSpec::PQ_TypeSpecifier && |
| 4286 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && |
| 4287 | DS.getTypeSpecComplex() == DeclSpec::TSC_unspecified && |
| 4288 | DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified && |
| 4289 | !DS.isTypeAltiVecVector() && S && |
| 4290 | (S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) != 0 && |
| 4291 | (S->getFlags() & (Scope::ClassScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope | |
| 4292 | Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::AtCatchScope)) == |
| 4293 | 0) { |
| 4294 | ParsedType T = DS.getRepAsType(); |
| 4295 | if (!T.get().isNull() && T.get()->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) |
| 4296 | AddClassMessageCompletions(*this, S, T, None, false, false, Results); |
| 4297 | } |
| 4298 | |
| 4299 | // Note that we intentionally suppress macro results here, since we do not |
| 4300 | // encourage using macros to produce the names of entities. |
| 4301 | |
| 4302 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 4303 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 4304 | } |
| 4305 | |
| 4306 | struct Sema::CodeCompleteExpressionData { |
| 4307 | CodeCompleteExpressionData(QualType PreferredType = QualType(), |
| 4308 | bool IsParenthesized = false) |
| 4309 | : PreferredType(PreferredType), IntegralConstantExpression(false), |
| 4310 | ObjCCollection(false), IsParenthesized(IsParenthesized) {} |
| 4311 | |
| 4312 | QualType PreferredType; |
| 4313 | bool IntegralConstantExpression; |
| 4314 | bool ObjCCollection; |
| 4315 | bool IsParenthesized; |
| 4316 | SmallVector<Decl *, 4> IgnoreDecls; |
| 4317 | }; |
| 4318 | |
| 4319 | namespace { |
| 4320 | /// Information that allows to avoid completing redundant enumerators. |
| 4321 | struct CoveredEnumerators { |
| 4322 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<EnumConstantDecl *, 8> Seen; |
| 4323 | NestedNameSpecifier *SuggestedQualifier = nullptr; |
| 4324 | }; |
| 4325 | } // namespace |
| 4326 | |
| 4327 | static void AddEnumerators(ResultBuilder &Results, ASTContext &Context, |
| 4328 | EnumDecl *Enum, DeclContext *CurContext, |
| 4329 | const CoveredEnumerators &Enumerators) { |
| 4330 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = Enumerators.SuggestedQualifier; |
| 4331 | if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !Qualifier && Enumerators.Seen.empty()) { |
| 4332 | // If there are no prior enumerators in C++, check whether we have to |
| 4333 | // qualify the names of the enumerators that we suggest, because they |
| 4334 | // may not be visible in this scope. |
| 4335 | Qualifier = getRequiredQualification(Context, CurContext, Enum); |
| 4336 | } |
| 4337 | |
| 4338 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 4339 | for (auto *E : Enum->enumerators()) { |
| 4340 | if (Enumerators.Seen.count(E)) |
| 4341 | continue; |
| 4342 | |
| 4343 | CodeCompletionResult R(E, CCP_EnumInCase, Qualifier); |
| 4344 | Results.AddResult(R, CurContext, nullptr, false); |
| 4345 | } |
| 4346 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 4347 | } |
| 4348 | |
| 4349 | /// Try to find a corresponding FunctionProtoType for function-like types (e.g. |
| 4350 | /// function pointers, std::function, etc). |
| 4351 | static const FunctionProtoType *TryDeconstructFunctionLike(QualType T) { |
| 4352 | assert(!T.isNull()); |
| 4353 | // Try to extract first template argument from std::function<> and similar. |
| 4354 | // Note we only handle the sugared types, they closely match what users wrote. |
| 4355 | // We explicitly choose to not handle ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl. |
| 4356 | if (auto *Specialization = T->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { |
| 4357 | if (Specialization->getNumArgs() != 1) |
| 4358 | return nullptr; |
| 4359 | const TemplateArgument &Argument = Specialization->getArg(0); |
| 4360 | if (Argument.getKind() != TemplateArgument::Type) |
| 4361 | return nullptr; |
| 4362 | return Argument.getAsType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| 4363 | } |
| 4364 | // Handle other cases. |
| 4365 | if (T->isPointerType()) |
| 4366 | T = T->getPointeeType(); |
| 4367 | return T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| 4368 | } |
| 4369 | |
| 4370 | /// Adds a pattern completion for a lambda expression with the specified |
| 4371 | /// parameter types and placeholders for parameter names. |
| 4372 | static void AddLambdaCompletion(ResultBuilder &Results, |
| 4373 | llvm::ArrayRef<QualType> Parameters, |
| 4374 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { |
| 4375 | if (!Results.includeCodePatterns()) |
| 4376 | return; |
| 4377 | CodeCompletionBuilder Completion(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 4378 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 4379 | // [](<parameters>) {} |
| 4380 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket); |
| 4381 | Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk("=" ); |
| 4382 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket); |
| 4383 | if (!Parameters.empty()) { |
| 4384 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 4385 | bool First = true; |
| 4386 | for (auto Parameter : Parameters) { |
| 4387 | if (!First) |
| 4388 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::ChunkKind::CK_Comma); |
| 4389 | else |
| 4390 | First = false; |
| 4391 | |
| 4392 | constexpr llvm::StringLiteral NamePlaceholder = "!#!NAME_GOES_HERE!#!" ; |
| 4393 | std::string Type = std::string(NamePlaceholder); |
| 4394 | Parameter.getAsStringInternal(Type, PrintingPolicy(LangOpts)); |
| 4395 | llvm::StringRef Prefix, Suffix; |
| 4396 | std::tie(Prefix, Suffix) = llvm::StringRef(Type).split(NamePlaceholder); |
| 4397 | Prefix = Prefix.rtrim(); |
| 4398 | Suffix = Suffix.ltrim(); |
| 4399 | |
| 4400 | Completion.AddTextChunk(Completion.getAllocator().CopyString(Prefix)); |
| 4401 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 4402 | Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameter" ); |
| 4403 | Completion.AddTextChunk(Completion.getAllocator().CopyString(Suffix)); |
| 4404 | }; |
| 4405 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 4406 | } |
| 4407 | Completion.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 4408 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 4409 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 4410 | Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk("body" ); |
| 4411 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 4412 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 4413 | |
| 4414 | Results.AddResult(Completion.TakeString()); |
| 4415 | } |
| 4416 | |
| 4417 | /// Perform code-completion in an expression context when we know what |
| 4418 | /// type we're looking for. |
| 4419 | void Sema::CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, |
| 4420 | const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data) { |
| 4421 | ResultBuilder Results( |
| 4422 | *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 4423 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 4424 | CodeCompletionContext( |
| 4425 | Data.IsParenthesized |
| 4426 | ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression |
| 4427 | : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression, |
| 4428 | Data.PreferredType)); |
| 4429 | auto PCC = |
| 4430 | Data.IsParenthesized ? PCC_ParenthesizedExpression : PCC_Expression; |
| 4431 | if (Data.ObjCCollection) |
| 4432 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsObjCCollection); |
| 4433 | else if (Data.IntegralConstantExpression) |
| 4434 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsIntegralConstantValue); |
| 4435 | else if (WantTypesInContext(PCC, getLangOpts())) |
| 4436 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName); |
| 4437 | else |
| 4438 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName); |
| 4439 | |
| 4440 | if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull()) |
| 4441 | Results.setPreferredType(Data.PreferredType.getNonReferenceType()); |
| 4442 | |
| 4443 | // Ignore any declarations that we were told that we don't care about. |
| 4444 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Data.IgnoreDecls.size(); I != N; ++I) |
| 4445 | Results.Ignore(Data.IgnoreDecls[I]); |
| 4446 | |
| 4447 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
| 4448 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
| 4449 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
| 4450 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 4451 | |
| 4452 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 4453 | AddOrdinaryNameResults(PCC, S, *this, Results); |
| 4454 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 4455 | |
| 4456 | bool PreferredTypeIsPointer = false; |
| 4457 | if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull()) { |
| 4458 | PreferredTypeIsPointer = Data.PreferredType->isAnyPointerType() || |
| 4459 | Data.PreferredType->isMemberPointerType() || |
| 4460 | Data.PreferredType->isBlockPointerType(); |
| 4461 | if (Data.PreferredType->isEnumeralType()) { |
| 4462 | EnumDecl *Enum = Data.PreferredType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl(); |
| 4463 | if (auto *Def = Enum->getDefinition()) |
| 4464 | Enum = Def; |
| 4465 | // FIXME: collect covered enumerators in cases like: |
| 4466 | // if (x == my_enum::one) { ... } else if (x == ^) {} |
| 4467 | AddEnumerators(Results, Context, Enum, CurContext, CoveredEnumerators()); |
| 4468 | } |
| 4469 | } |
| 4470 | |
| 4471 | if (S->getFnParent() && !Data.ObjCCollection && |
| 4472 | !Data.IntegralConstantExpression) |
| 4473 | AddPrettyFunctionResults(getLangOpts(), Results); |
| 4474 | |
| 4475 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) |
| 4476 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false, |
| 4477 | PreferredTypeIsPointer); |
| 4478 | |
| 4479 | // Complete a lambda expression when preferred type is a function. |
| 4480 | if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
| 4481 | if (const FunctionProtoType *F = |
| 4482 | TryDeconstructFunctionLike(Data.PreferredType)) |
| 4483 | AddLambdaCompletion(Results, F->getParamTypes(), getLangOpts()); |
| 4484 | } |
| 4485 | |
| 4486 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 4487 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 4488 | } |
| 4489 | |
| 4490 | void Sema::CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, QualType PreferredType, |
| 4491 | bool IsParenthesized) { |
| 4492 | return CodeCompleteExpression( |
| 4493 | S, CodeCompleteExpressionData(PreferredType, IsParenthesized)); |
| 4494 | } |
| 4495 | |
| 4496 | void Sema::CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult E, |
| 4497 | QualType PreferredType) { |
| 4498 | if (E.isInvalid()) |
| 4499 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType); |
| 4500 | else if (getLangOpts().ObjC) |
| 4501 | CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, E.get(), None, false); |
| 4502 | } |
| 4503 | |
| 4504 | /// The set of properties that have already been added, referenced by |
| 4505 | /// property name. |
| 4506 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> AddedPropertiesSet; |
| 4507 | |
| 4508 | /// Retrieve the container definition, if any? |
| 4509 | static ObjCContainerDecl *getContainerDef(ObjCContainerDecl *Container) { |
| 4510 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container)) { |
| 4511 | if (Interface->hasDefinition()) |
| 4512 | return Interface->getDefinition(); |
| 4513 | |
| 4514 | return Interface; |
| 4515 | } |
| 4516 | |
| 4517 | if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) { |
| 4518 | if (Protocol->hasDefinition()) |
| 4519 | return Protocol->getDefinition(); |
| 4520 | |
| 4521 | return Protocol; |
| 4522 | } |
| 4523 | return Container; |
| 4524 | } |
| 4525 | |
| 4526 | /// Adds a block invocation code completion result for the given block |
| 4527 | /// declaration \p BD. |
| 4528 | static void AddObjCBlockCall(ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 4529 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder, |
| 4530 | const NamedDecl *BD, |
| 4531 | const FunctionTypeLoc &BlockLoc, |
| 4532 | const FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProtoLoc) { |
| 4533 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk( |
| 4534 | GetCompletionTypeString(BlockLoc.getReturnLoc().getType(), Context, |
| 4535 | Policy, Builder.getAllocator())); |
| 4536 | |
| 4537 | AddTypedNameChunk(Context, Policy, BD, Builder); |
| 4538 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 4539 | |
| 4540 | if (BlockProtoLoc && BlockProtoLoc.getTypePtr()->isVariadic()) { |
| 4541 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("..." ); |
| 4542 | } else { |
| 4543 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = BlockLoc.getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) { |
| 4544 | if (I) |
| 4545 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 4546 | |
| 4547 | // Format the placeholder string. |
| 4548 | std::string PlaceholderStr = |
| 4549 | FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, BlockLoc.getParam(I)); |
| 4550 | |
| 4551 | if (I == N - 1 && BlockProtoLoc && |
| 4552 | BlockProtoLoc.getTypePtr()->isVariadic()) |
| 4553 | PlaceholderStr += ", ..." ; |
| 4554 | |
| 4555 | // Add the placeholder string. |
| 4556 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk( |
| 4557 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr)); |
| 4558 | } |
| 4559 | } |
| 4560 | |
| 4561 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 4562 | } |
| 4563 | |
| 4564 | static void |
| 4565 | AddObjCProperties(const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, |
| 4566 | ObjCContainerDecl *Container, bool AllowCategories, |
| 4567 | bool AllowNullaryMethods, DeclContext *CurContext, |
| 4568 | AddedPropertiesSet &AddedProperties, ResultBuilder &Results, |
| 4569 | bool IsBaseExprStatement = false, |
| 4570 | bool IsClassProperty = false, bool InOriginalClass = true) { |
| 4571 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 4572 | |
| 4573 | // Retrieve the definition. |
| 4574 | Container = getContainerDef(Container); |
| 4575 | |
| 4576 | // Add properties in this container. |
| 4577 | const auto AddProperty = [&](const ObjCPropertyDecl *P) { |
| 4578 | if (!AddedProperties.insert(P->getIdentifier()).second) |
| 4579 | return; |
| 4580 | |
| 4581 | // FIXME: Provide block invocation completion for non-statement |
| 4582 | // expressions. |
| 4583 | if (!P->getType().getTypePtr()->isBlockPointerType() || |
| 4584 | !IsBaseExprStatement) { |
| 4585 | Result R = Result(P, Results.getBasePriority(P), nullptr); |
| 4586 | if (!InOriginalClass) |
| 4587 | setInBaseClass(R); |
| 4588 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); |
| 4589 | return; |
| 4590 | } |
| 4591 | |
| 4592 | // Block setter and invocation completion is provided only when we are able |
| 4593 | // to find the FunctionProtoTypeLoc with parameter names for the block. |
| 4594 | FunctionTypeLoc BlockLoc; |
| 4595 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc BlockProtoLoc; |
| 4596 | findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(P->getTypeSourceInfo(), BlockLoc, |
| 4597 | BlockProtoLoc); |
| 4598 | if (!BlockLoc) { |
| 4599 | Result R = Result(P, Results.getBasePriority(P), nullptr); |
| 4600 | if (!InOriginalClass) |
| 4601 | setInBaseClass(R); |
| 4602 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); |
| 4603 | return; |
| 4604 | } |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 | // The default completion result for block properties should be the block |
| 4607 | // invocation completion when the base expression is a statement. |
| 4608 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 4609 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 4610 | AddObjCBlockCall(Container->getASTContext(), |
| 4611 | getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()), Builder, P, |
| 4612 | BlockLoc, BlockProtoLoc); |
| 4613 | Result R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), P, Results.getBasePriority(P)); |
| 4614 | if (!InOriginalClass) |
| 4615 | setInBaseClass(R); |
| 4616 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); |
| 4617 | |
| 4618 | // Provide additional block setter completion iff the base expression is a |
| 4619 | // statement and the block property is mutable. |
| 4620 | if (!P->isReadOnly()) { |
| 4621 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 4622 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 4623 | AddResultTypeChunk(Container->getASTContext(), |
| 4624 | getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()), P, |
| 4625 | CCContext.getBaseType(), Builder); |
| 4626 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 4627 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(P->getName())); |
| 4628 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal); |
| 4629 | |
| 4630 | std::string PlaceholderStr = formatBlockPlaceholder( |
| 4631 | getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()), P, BlockLoc, |
| 4632 | BlockProtoLoc, /*SuppressBlockName=*/true); |
| 4633 | // Add the placeholder string. |
| 4634 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk( |
| 4635 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr)); |
| 4636 | |
| 4637 | // When completing blocks properties that return void the default |
| 4638 | // property completion result should show up before the setter, |
| 4639 | // otherwise the setter completion should show up before the default |
| 4640 | // property completion, as we normally want to use the result of the |
| 4641 | // call. |
| 4642 | Result R = |
| 4643 | Result(Builder.TakeString(), P, |
| 4644 | Results.getBasePriority(P) + |
| 4645 | (BlockLoc.getTypePtr()->getReturnType()->isVoidType() |
| 4646 | ? CCD_BlockPropertySetter |
| 4647 | : -CCD_BlockPropertySetter)); |
| 4648 | if (!InOriginalClass) |
| 4649 | setInBaseClass(R); |
| 4650 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); |
| 4651 | } |
| 4652 | }; |
| 4653 | |
| 4654 | if (IsClassProperty) { |
| 4655 | for (const auto *P : Container->class_properties()) |
| 4656 | AddProperty(P); |
| 4657 | } else { |
| 4658 | for (const auto *P : Container->instance_properties()) |
| 4659 | AddProperty(P); |
| 4660 | } |
| 4661 | |
| 4662 | // Add nullary methods or implicit class properties |
| 4663 | if (AllowNullaryMethods) { |
| 4664 | ASTContext &Context = Container->getASTContext(); |
| 4665 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()); |
| 4666 | // Adds a method result |
| 4667 | const auto AddMethod = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *M) { |
| 4668 | IdentifierInfo *Name = M->getSelector().getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0); |
| 4669 | if (!Name) |
| 4670 | return; |
| 4671 | if (!AddedProperties.insert(Name).second) |
| 4672 | return; |
| 4673 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 4674 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 4675 | AddResultTypeChunk(Context, Policy, M, CCContext.getBaseType(), Builder); |
| 4676 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 4677 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Name->getName())); |
| 4678 | Result R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), M, |
| 4679 | CCP_MemberDeclaration + CCD_MethodAsProperty); |
| 4680 | if (!InOriginalClass) |
| 4681 | setInBaseClass(R); |
| 4682 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); |
| 4683 | }; |
| 4684 | |
| 4685 | if (IsClassProperty) { |
| 4686 | for (const auto *M : Container->methods()) { |
| 4687 | // Gather the class method that can be used as implicit property |
| 4688 | // getters. Methods with arguments or methods that return void aren't |
| 4689 | // added to the results as they can't be used as a getter. |
| 4690 | if (!M->getSelector().isUnarySelector() || |
| 4691 | M->getReturnType()->isVoidType() || M->isInstanceMethod()) |
| 4692 | continue; |
| 4693 | AddMethod(M); |
| 4694 | } |
| 4695 | } else { |
| 4696 | for (auto *M : Container->methods()) { |
| 4697 | if (M->getSelector().isUnarySelector()) |
| 4698 | AddMethod(M); |
| 4699 | } |
| 4700 | } |
| 4701 | } |
| 4702 | |
| 4703 | // Add properties in referenced protocols. |
| 4704 | if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) { |
| 4705 | for (auto *P : Protocol->protocols()) |
| 4706 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, P, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods, |
| 4707 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, |
| 4708 | IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, |
| 4709 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); |
| 4710 | } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = |
| 4711 | dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container)) { |
| 4712 | if (AllowCategories) { |
| 4713 | // Look through categories. |
| 4714 | for (auto *Cat : IFace->known_categories()) |
| 4715 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, Cat, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods, |
| 4716 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, |
| 4717 | IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, |
| 4718 | InOriginalClass); |
| 4719 | } |
| 4720 | |
| 4721 | // Look through protocols. |
| 4722 | for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols()) |
| 4723 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, I, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods, |
| 4724 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, |
| 4725 | IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, |
| 4726 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); |
| 4727 | |
| 4728 | // Look in the superclass. |
| 4729 | if (IFace->getSuperClass()) |
| 4730 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, IFace->getSuperClass(), AllowCategories, |
| 4731 | AllowNullaryMethods, CurContext, AddedProperties, |
| 4732 | Results, IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, |
| 4733 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); |
| 4734 | } else if (const auto *Category = |
| 4735 | dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Container)) { |
| 4736 | // Look through protocols. |
| 4737 | for (auto *P : Category->protocols()) |
| 4738 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, P, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods, |
| 4739 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, |
| 4740 | IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, |
| 4741 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); |
| 4742 | } |
| 4743 | } |
| 4744 | |
| 4745 | static void AddRecordMembersCompletionResults( |
| 4746 | Sema &SemaRef, ResultBuilder &Results, Scope *S, QualType BaseType, |
| 4747 | ExprValueKind BaseKind, RecordDecl *RD, Optional<FixItHint> AccessOpFixIt) { |
| 4748 | // Indicate that we are performing a member access, and the cv-qualifiers |
| 4749 | // for the base object type. |
| 4750 | Results.setObjectTypeQualifiers(BaseType.getQualifiers(), BaseKind); |
| 4751 | |
| 4752 | // Access to a C/C++ class, struct, or union. |
| 4753 | Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers(); |
| 4754 | std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts; |
| 4755 | if (AccessOpFixIt) |
| 4756 | FixIts.emplace_back(AccessOpFixIt.getValue()); |
| 4757 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, RD, BaseType, std::move(FixIts)); |
| 4758 | SemaRef.LookupVisibleDecls(RD, Sema::LookupMemberName, Consumer, |
| 4759 | SemaRef.CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
| 4760 | /*IncludeDependentBases=*/true, |
| 4761 | SemaRef.CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 4762 | |
| 4763 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 4764 | if (!Results.empty()) { |
| 4765 | // The "template" keyword can follow "->" or "." in the grammar. |
| 4766 | // However, we only want to suggest the template keyword if something |
| 4767 | // is dependent. |
| 4768 | bool IsDependent = BaseType->isDependentType(); |
| 4769 | if (!IsDependent) { |
| 4770 | for (Scope *DepScope = S; DepScope; DepScope = DepScope->getParent()) |
| 4771 | if (DeclContext *Ctx = DepScope->getEntity()) { |
| 4772 | IsDependent = Ctx->isDependentContext(); |
| 4773 | break; |
| 4774 | } |
| 4775 | } |
| 4776 | |
| 4777 | if (IsDependent) |
| 4778 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("template" )); |
| 4779 | } |
| 4780 | } |
| 4781 | } |
| 4782 | |
| 4783 | // Returns the RecordDecl inside the BaseType, falling back to primary template |
| 4784 | // in case of specializations. Since we might not have a decl for the |
| 4785 | // instantiation/specialization yet, e.g. dependent code. |
| 4786 | static RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl(const QualType BaseType) { |
| 4787 | if (auto *RD = BaseType->getAsRecordDecl()) |
| 4788 | return RD; |
| 4789 | |
| 4790 | if (const auto *TST = BaseType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { |
| 4791 | if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast_or_null<ClassTemplateDecl>( |
| 4792 | TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl())) { |
| 4793 | return TD->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 4794 | } |
| 4795 | } |
| 4796 | |
| 4797 | return nullptr; |
| 4798 | } |
| 4799 | |
| 4800 | namespace { |
| 4801 | // Collects completion-relevant information about a concept-constrainted type T. |
| 4802 | // In particular, examines the constraint expressions to find members of T. |
| 4803 | // |
| 4804 | // The design is very simple: we walk down each constraint looking for |
| 4805 | // expressions of the form T.foo(). |
| 4806 | // If we're extra lucky, the return type is specified. |
| 4807 | // We don't do any clever handling of && or || in constraint expressions, we |
| 4808 | // take members from both branches. |
| 4809 | // |
| 4810 | // For example, given: |
| 4811 | // template <class T> concept X = requires (T t, string& s) { t.print(s); }; |
| 4812 | // template <X U> void foo(U u) { u.^ } |
| 4813 | // We want to suggest the inferred member function 'print(string)'. |
| 4814 | // We see that u has type U, so X<U> holds. |
| 4815 | // X<U> requires t.print(s) to be valid, where t has type U (substituted for T). |
| 4816 | // By looking at the CallExpr we find the signature of print(). |
| 4817 | // |
| 4818 | // While we tend to know in advance which kind of members (access via . -> ::) |
| 4819 | // we want, it's simpler just to gather them all and post-filter. |
| 4820 | // |
| 4821 | // FIXME: some of this machinery could be used for non-concept type-parms too, |
| 4822 | // enabling completion for type parameters based on other uses of that param. |
| 4823 | // |
| 4824 | // FIXME: there are other cases where a type can be constrained by a concept, |
| 4825 | // e.g. inside `if constexpr(ConceptSpecializationExpr) { ... }` |
| 4826 | class ConceptInfo { |
| 4827 | public: |
| 4828 | // Describes a likely member of a type, inferred by concept constraints. |
| 4829 | // Offered as a code completion for T. T-> and T:: contexts. |
| 4830 | struct Member { |
| 4831 | // Always non-null: we only handle members with ordinary identifier names. |
| 4832 | const IdentifierInfo *Name = nullptr; |
| 4833 | // Set for functions we've seen called. |
| 4834 | // We don't have the declared parameter types, only the actual types of |
| 4835 | // arguments we've seen. These are still valuable, as it's hard to render |
| 4836 | // a useful function completion with neither parameter types nor names! |
| 4837 | llvm::Optional<SmallVector<QualType, 1>> ArgTypes; |
| 4838 | // Whether this is accessed as T.member, T->member, or T::member. |
| 4839 | enum AccessOperator { |
| 4840 | Colons, |
| 4841 | Arrow, |
| 4842 | Dot, |
| 4843 | } Operator = Dot; |
| 4844 | // What's known about the type of a variable or return type of a function. |
| 4845 | const TypeConstraint *ResultType = nullptr; |
| 4846 | // FIXME: also track: |
| 4847 | // - kind of entity (function/variable/type), to expose structured results |
| 4848 | // - template args kinds/types, as a proxy for template params |
| 4849 | |
| 4850 | // For now we simply return these results as "pattern" strings. |
| 4851 | CodeCompletionString *render(Sema &S, CodeCompletionAllocator &Alloc, |
| 4852 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &Info) const { |
| 4853 | CodeCompletionBuilder B(Alloc, Info); |
| 4854 | // Result type |
| 4855 | if (ResultType) { |
| 4856 | std::string AsString; |
| 4857 | { |
| 4858 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(AsString); |
| 4859 | QualType ExactType = deduceType(*ResultType); |
| 4860 | if (!ExactType.isNull()) |
| 4861 | ExactType.print(OS, getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S)); |
| 4862 | else |
| 4863 | ResultType->print(OS, getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S)); |
| 4864 | } |
| 4865 | B.AddResultTypeChunk(Alloc.CopyString(AsString)); |
| 4866 | } |
| 4867 | // Member name |
| 4868 | B.AddTypedTextChunk(Alloc.CopyString(Name->getName())); |
| 4869 | // Function argument list |
| 4870 | if (ArgTypes) { |
| 4871 | B.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 4872 | bool First = true; |
| 4873 | for (QualType Arg : *ArgTypes) { |
| 4874 | if (First) |
| 4875 | First = false; |
| 4876 | else { |
| 4877 | B.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 4878 | B.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 4879 | } |
| 4880 | B.AddPlaceholderChunk(Alloc.CopyString( |
| 4881 | Arg.getAsString(getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S)))); |
| 4882 | } |
| 4883 | B.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 4884 | } |
| 4885 | return B.TakeString(); |
| 4886 | } |
| 4887 | }; |
| 4888 | |
| 4889 | // BaseType is the type parameter T to infer members from. |
| 4890 | // T must be accessible within S, as we use it to find the template entity |
| 4891 | // that T is attached to in order to gather the relevant constraints. |
| 4892 | ConceptInfo(const TemplateTypeParmType &BaseType, Scope *S) { |
| 4893 | auto *TemplatedEntity = getTemplatedEntity(BaseType.getDecl(), S); |
| 4894 | for (const Expr *E : constraintsForTemplatedEntity(TemplatedEntity)) |
| 4895 | believe(E, &BaseType); |
| 4896 | } |
| 4897 | |
| 4898 | std::vector<Member> members() { |
| 4899 | std::vector<Member> Results; |
| 4900 | for (const auto &E : this->Results) |
| 4901 | Results.push_back(E.second); |
| 4902 | llvm::sort(Results, [](const Member &L, const Member &R) { |
| 4903 | return L.Name->getName() < R.Name->getName(); |
| 4904 | }); |
| 4905 | return Results; |
| 4906 | } |
| 4907 | |
| 4908 | private: |
| 4909 | // Infer members of T, given that the expression E (dependent on T) is true. |
| 4910 | void believe(const Expr *E, const TemplateTypeParmType *T) { |
| 4911 | if (!E || !T) |
| 4912 | return; |
| 4913 | if (auto *CSE = dyn_cast<ConceptSpecializationExpr>(E)) { |
| 4914 | // If the concept is |
| 4915 | // template <class A, class B> concept CD = f<A, B>(); |
| 4916 | // And the concept specialization is |
| 4917 | // CD<int, T> |
| 4918 | // Then we're substituting T for B, so we want to make f<A, B>() true |
| 4919 | // by adding members to B - i.e. believe(f<A, B>(), B); |
| 4920 | // |
| 4921 | // For simplicity: |
| 4922 | // - we don't attempt to substitute int for A |
| 4923 | // - when T is used in other ways (like CD<T*>) we ignore it |
| 4924 | ConceptDecl *CD = CSE->getNamedConcept(); |
| 4925 | TemplateParameterList *Params = CD->getTemplateParameters(); |
| 4926 | unsigned Index = 0; |
| 4927 | for (const auto &Arg : CSE->getTemplateArguments()) { |
| 4928 | if (Index >= Params->size()) |
| 4929 | break; // Won't happen in valid code. |
| 4930 | if (isApprox(Arg, T)) { |
| 4931 | auto *TTPD = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Params->getParam(Index)); |
| 4932 | if (!TTPD) |
| 4933 | continue; |
| 4934 | // T was used as an argument, and bound to the parameter TT. |
| 4935 | auto *TT = cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(TTPD->getTypeForDecl()); |
| 4936 | // So now we know the constraint as a function of TT is true. |
| 4937 | believe(CD->getConstraintExpr(), TT); |
| 4938 | // (concepts themselves have no associated constraints to require) |
| 4939 | } |
| 4940 | |
| 4941 | ++Index; |
| 4942 | } |
| 4943 | } else if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { |
| 4944 | // For A && B, we can infer members from both branches. |
| 4945 | // For A || B, the union is still more useful than the intersection. |
| 4946 | if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd || BO->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) { |
| 4947 | believe(BO->getLHS(), T); |
| 4948 | believe(BO->getRHS(), T); |
| 4949 | } |
| 4950 | } else if (auto *RE = dyn_cast<RequiresExpr>(E)) { |
| 4951 | // A requires(){...} lets us infer members from each requirement. |
| 4952 | for (const concepts::Requirement *Req : RE->getRequirements()) { |
| 4953 | if (!Req->isDependent()) |
| 4954 | continue; // Can't tell us anything about T. |
| 4955 | // Now Req cannot a substitution-error: those aren't dependent. |
| 4956 | |
| 4957 | if (auto *TR = dyn_cast<concepts::TypeRequirement>(Req)) { |
| 4958 | // Do a full traversal so we get `foo` from `typename T::foo::bar`. |
| 4959 | QualType AssertedType = TR->getType()->getType(); |
| 4960 | ValidVisitor(this, T).TraverseType(AssertedType); |
| 4961 | } else if (auto *ER = dyn_cast<concepts::ExprRequirement>(Req)) { |
| 4962 | ValidVisitor Visitor(this, T); |
| 4963 | // If we have a type constraint on the value of the expression, |
| 4964 | // AND the whole outer expression describes a member, then we'll |
| 4965 | // be able to use the constraint to provide the return type. |
| 4966 | if (ER->getReturnTypeRequirement().isTypeConstraint()) { |
| 4967 | Visitor.OuterType = |
| 4968 | ER->getReturnTypeRequirement().getTypeConstraint(); |
| 4969 | Visitor.OuterExpr = ER->getExpr(); |
| 4970 | } |
| 4971 | Visitor.TraverseStmt(ER->getExpr()); |
| 4972 | } else if (auto *NR = dyn_cast<concepts::NestedRequirement>(Req)) { |
| 4973 | believe(NR->getConstraintExpr(), T); |
| 4974 | } |
| 4975 | } |
| 4976 | } |
| 4977 | } |
| 4978 | |
| 4979 | // This visitor infers members of T based on traversing expressions/types |
| 4980 | // that involve T. It is invoked with code known to be valid for T. |
| 4981 | class ValidVisitor : public RecursiveASTVisitor<ValidVisitor> { |
| 4982 | ConceptInfo *Outer; |
| 4983 | const TemplateTypeParmType *T; |
| 4984 | |
| 4985 | CallExpr *Caller = nullptr; |
| 4986 | Expr *Callee = nullptr; |
| 4987 | |
| 4988 | public: |
| 4989 | // If set, OuterExpr is constrained by OuterType. |
| 4990 | Expr *OuterExpr = nullptr; |
| 4991 | const TypeConstraint *OuterType = nullptr; |
| 4992 | |
| 4993 | ValidVisitor(ConceptInfo *Outer, const TemplateTypeParmType *T) |
| 4994 | : Outer(Outer), T(T) { |
| 4995 | assert(T); |
| 4996 | } |
| 4997 | |
| 4998 | // In T.foo or T->foo, `foo` is a member function/variable. |
| 4999 | bool VisitCXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *E) { |
| 5000 | const Type *Base = E->getBaseType().getTypePtr(); |
| 5001 | bool IsArrow = E->isArrow(); |
| 5002 | if (Base->isPointerType() && IsArrow) { |
| 5003 | IsArrow = false; |
| 5004 | Base = Base->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); |
| 5005 | } |
| 5006 | if (isApprox(Base, T)) |
| 5007 | addValue(E, E->getMember(), IsArrow ? Member::Arrow : Member::Dot); |
| 5008 | return true; |
| 5009 | } |
| 5010 | |
| 5011 | // In T::foo, `foo` is a static member function/variable. |
| 5012 | bool VisitDependentScopeDeclRefExpr(DependentScopeDeclRefExpr *E) { |
| 5013 | if (E->getQualifier() && isApprox(E->getQualifier()->getAsType(), T)) |
| 5014 | addValue(E, E->getDeclName(), Member::Colons); |
| 5015 | return true; |
| 5016 | } |
| 5017 | |
| 5018 | // In T::typename foo, `foo` is a type. |
| 5019 | bool VisitDependentNameType(DependentNameType *DNT) { |
| 5020 | const auto *Q = DNT->getQualifier(); |
| 5021 | if (Q && isApprox(Q->getAsType(), T)) |
| 5022 | addType(DNT->getIdentifier()); |
| 5023 | return true; |
| 5024 | } |
| 5025 | |
| 5026 | // In T::foo::bar, `foo` must be a type. |
| 5027 | // VisitNNS() doesn't exist, and TraverseNNS isn't always called :-( |
| 5028 | bool TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSL) { |
| 5029 | if (NNSL) { |
| 5030 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = NNSL.getNestedNameSpecifier(); |
| 5031 | const auto *Q = NNS->getPrefix(); |
| 5032 | if (Q && isApprox(Q->getAsType(), T)) |
| 5033 | addType(NNS->getAsIdentifier()); |
| 5034 | } |
| 5035 | // FIXME: also handle T::foo<X>::bar |
| 5036 | return RecursiveASTVisitor::TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NNSL); |
| 5037 | } |
| 5038 | |
| 5039 | // FIXME also handle T::foo<X> |
| 5040 | |
| 5041 | // Track the innermost caller/callee relationship so we can tell if a |
| 5042 | // nested expr is being called as a function. |
| 5043 | bool VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *CE) { |
| 5044 | Caller = CE; |
| 5045 | Callee = CE->getCallee(); |
| 5046 | return true; |
| 5047 | } |
| 5048 | |
| 5049 | private: |
| 5050 | void addResult(Member &&M) { |
| 5051 | auto R = Outer->Results.try_emplace(M.Name); |
| 5052 | Member &O = R.first->second; |
| 5053 | // Overwrite existing if the new member has more info. |
| 5054 | // The preference of . vs :: vs -> is fairly arbitrary. |
| 5055 | if (/*Inserted*/ R.second || |
| 5056 | std::make_tuple(M.ArgTypes.hasValue(), M.ResultType != nullptr, |
| 5057 | M.Operator) > std::make_tuple(O.ArgTypes.hasValue(), |
| 5058 | O.ResultType != nullptr, |
| 5059 | O.Operator)) |
| 5060 | O = std::move(M); |
| 5061 | } |
| 5062 | |
| 5063 | void addType(const IdentifierInfo *Name) { |
| 5064 | if (!Name) |
| 5065 | return; |
| 5066 | Member M; |
| 5067 | M.Name = Name; |
| 5068 | M.Operator = Member::Colons; |
| 5069 | addResult(std::move(M)); |
| 5070 | } |
| 5071 | |
| 5072 | void addValue(Expr *E, DeclarationName Name, |
| 5073 | Member::AccessOperator Operator) { |
| 5074 | if (!Name.isIdentifier()) |
| 5075 | return; |
| 5076 | Member Result; |
| 5077 | Result.Name = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| 5078 | Result.Operator = Operator; |
| 5079 | // If this is the callee of an immediately-enclosing CallExpr, then |
| 5080 | // treat it as a method, otherwise it's a variable. |
| 5081 | if (Caller != nullptr && Callee == E) { |
| 5082 | Result.ArgTypes.emplace(); |
| 5083 | for (const auto *Arg : Caller->arguments()) |
| 5084 | Result.ArgTypes->push_back(Arg->getType()); |
| 5085 | if (Caller == OuterExpr) { |
| 5086 | Result.ResultType = OuterType; |
| 5087 | } |
| 5088 | } else { |
| 5089 | if (E == OuterExpr) |
| 5090 | Result.ResultType = OuterType; |
| 5091 | } |
| 5092 | addResult(std::move(Result)); |
| 5093 | } |
| 5094 | }; |
| 5095 | |
| 5096 | static bool isApprox(const TemplateArgument &Arg, const Type *T) { |
| 5097 | return Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type && |
| 5098 | isApprox(Arg.getAsType().getTypePtr(), T); |
| 5099 | } |
| 5100 | |
| 5101 | static bool isApprox(const Type *T1, const Type *T2) { |
| 5102 | return T1 && T2 && |
| 5103 | T1->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() == |
| 5104 | T2->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified(); |
| 5105 | } |
| 5106 | |
| 5107 | // Returns the DeclContext immediately enclosed by the template parameter |
| 5108 | // scope. For primary templates, this is the templated (e.g.) CXXRecordDecl. |
| 5109 | // For specializations, this is e.g. ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl. |
| 5110 | static DeclContext *getTemplatedEntity(const TemplateTypeParmDecl *D, |
| 5111 | Scope *S) { |
| 5112 | if (D == nullptr) |
| 5113 | return nullptr; |
| 5114 | Scope *Inner = nullptr; |
| 5115 | while (S) { |
| 5116 | if (S->isTemplateParamScope() && S->isDeclScope(D)) |
| 5117 | return Inner ? Inner->getEntity() : nullptr; |
| 5118 | Inner = S; |
| 5119 | S = S->getParent(); |
| 5120 | } |
| 5121 | return nullptr; |
| 5122 | } |
| 5123 | |
| 5124 | // Gets all the type constraint expressions that might apply to the type |
| 5125 | // variables associated with DC (as returned by getTemplatedEntity()). |
| 5126 | static SmallVector<const Expr *, 1> |
| 5127 | constraintsForTemplatedEntity(DeclContext *DC) { |
| 5128 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 1> Result; |
| 5129 | if (DC == nullptr) |
| 5130 | return Result; |
| 5131 | // Primary templates can have constraints. |
| 5132 | if (const auto *TD = cast<Decl>(DC)->getDescribedTemplate()) |
| 5133 | TD->getAssociatedConstraints(Result); |
| 5134 | // Partial specializations may have constraints. |
| 5135 | if (const auto *CTPSD = |
| 5136 | dyn_cast<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(DC)) |
| 5137 | CTPSD->getAssociatedConstraints(Result); |
| 5138 | if (const auto *VTPSD = dyn_cast<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(DC)) |
| 5139 | VTPSD->getAssociatedConstraints(Result); |
| 5140 | return Result; |
| 5141 | } |
| 5142 | |
| 5143 | // Attempt to find the unique type satisfying a constraint. |
| 5144 | // This lets us show e.g. `int` instead of `std::same_as<int>`. |
| 5145 | static QualType deduceType(const TypeConstraint &T) { |
| 5146 | // Assume a same_as<T> return type constraint is std::same_as or equivalent. |
| 5147 | // In this case the return type is T. |
| 5148 | DeclarationName DN = T.getNamedConcept()->getDeclName(); |
| 5149 | if (DN.isIdentifier() && DN.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("same_as" )) |
| 5150 | if (const auto *Args = T.getTemplateArgsAsWritten()) |
| 5151 | if (Args->getNumTemplateArgs() == 1) { |
| 5152 | const auto &Arg = Args->arguments().front().getArgument(); |
| 5153 | if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type) |
| 5154 | return Arg.getAsType(); |
| 5155 | } |
| 5156 | return {}; |
| 5157 | } |
| 5158 | |
| 5159 | llvm::DenseMap<const IdentifierInfo *, Member> Results; |
| 5160 | }; |
| 5161 | |
| 5162 | // If \p Base is ParenListExpr, assume a chain of comma operators and pick the |
| 5163 | // last expr. We expect other ParenListExprs to be resolved to e.g. constructor |
| 5164 | // calls before here. (So the ParenListExpr should be nonempty, but check just |
| 5165 | // in case) |
| 5166 | Expr *unwrapParenList(Expr *Base) { |
| 5167 | if (auto *PLE = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Base)) { |
| 5168 | if (PLE->getNumExprs() == 0) |
| 5169 | return nullptr; |
| 5170 | Base = PLE->getExpr(PLE->getNumExprs() - 1); |
| 5171 | } |
| 5172 | return Base; |
| 5173 | } |
| 5174 | |
| 5175 | } // namespace |
| 5176 | |
| 5177 | void Sema::CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
| 5178 | Expr *OtherOpBase, |
| 5179 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, |
| 5180 | bool IsBaseExprStatement, |
| 5181 | QualType PreferredType) { |
| 5182 | Base = unwrapParenList(Base); |
| 5183 | OtherOpBase = unwrapParenList(OtherOpBase); |
| 5184 | if (!Base || !CodeCompleter) |
| 5185 | return; |
| 5186 | |
| 5187 | ExprResult ConvertedBase = PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Base, IsArrow); |
| 5188 | if (ConvertedBase.isInvalid()) |
| 5189 | return; |
| 5190 | QualType ConvertedBaseType = ConvertedBase.get()->getType(); |
| 5191 | |
| 5192 | enum CodeCompletionContext::Kind contextKind; |
| 5193 | |
| 5194 | if (IsArrow) { |
| 5195 | if (const auto *Ptr = ConvertedBaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) |
| 5196 | ConvertedBaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); |
| 5197 | } |
| 5198 | |
| 5199 | if (IsArrow) { |
| 5200 | contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ArrowMemberAccess; |
| 5201 | } else { |
| 5202 | if (ConvertedBaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || |
| 5203 | ConvertedBaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) { |
| 5204 | contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCPropertyAccess; |
| 5205 | } else { |
| 5206 | contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_DotMemberAccess; |
| 5207 | } |
| 5208 | } |
| 5209 | |
| 5210 | CodeCompletionContext CCContext(contextKind, ConvertedBaseType); |
| 5211 | CCContext.setPreferredType(PreferredType); |
| 5212 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 5213 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext, |
| 5214 | &ResultBuilder::IsMember); |
| 5215 | |
| 5216 | auto DoCompletion = [&](Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, |
| 5217 | Optional<FixItHint> AccessOpFixIt) -> bool { |
| 5218 | if (!Base) |
| 5219 | return false; |
| 5220 | |
| 5221 | ExprResult ConvertedBase = PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Base, IsArrow); |
| 5222 | if (ConvertedBase.isInvalid()) |
| 5223 | return false; |
| 5224 | Base = ConvertedBase.get(); |
| 5225 | |
| 5226 | QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); |
| 5227 | if (BaseType.isNull()) |
| 5228 | return false; |
| 5229 | ExprValueKind BaseKind = Base->getValueKind(); |
| 5230 | |
| 5231 | if (IsArrow) { |
| 5232 | if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
| 5233 | BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); |
| 5234 | BaseKind = VK_LValue; |
| 5235 | } else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || |
| 5236 | BaseType->isTemplateTypeParmType()) { |
| 5237 | // Both cases (dot/arrow) handled below. |
| 5238 | } else { |
| 5239 | return false; |
| 5240 | } |
| 5241 | } |
| 5242 | |
| 5243 | if (RecordDecl *RD = getAsRecordDecl(BaseType)) { |
| 5244 | AddRecordMembersCompletionResults(*this, Results, S, BaseType, BaseKind, |
| 5245 | RD, std::move(AccessOpFixIt)); |
| 5246 | } else if (const auto *TTPT = |
| 5247 | dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(BaseType.getTypePtr())) { |
| 5248 | auto Operator = |
| 5249 | IsArrow ? ConceptInfo::Member::Arrow : ConceptInfo::Member::Dot; |
| 5250 | for (const auto &R : ConceptInfo(*TTPT, S).members()) { |
| 5251 | if (R.Operator != Operator) |
| 5252 | continue; |
| 5253 | CodeCompletionResult Result( |
| 5254 | R.render(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 5255 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo())); |
| 5256 | if (AccessOpFixIt) |
| 5257 | Result.FixIts.push_back(*AccessOpFixIt); |
| 5258 | Results.AddResult(std::move(Result)); |
| 5259 | } |
| 5260 | } else if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
| 5261 | // Objective-C property reference. Bail if we're performing fix-it code |
| 5262 | // completion since Objective-C properties are normally backed by ivars, |
| 5263 | // most Objective-C fix-its here would have little value. |
| 5264 | if (AccessOpFixIt.hasValue()) { |
| 5265 | return false; |
| 5266 | } |
| 5267 | AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties; |
| 5268 | |
| 5269 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjCPtr = |
| 5270 | BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { |
| 5271 | // Add property results based on our interface. |
| 5272 | assert(ObjCPtr && "Non-NULL pointer guaranteed above!" ); |
| 5273 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, ObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl(), true, |
| 5274 | /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, CurContext, |
| 5275 | AddedProperties, Results, IsBaseExprStatement); |
| 5276 | } |
| 5277 | |
| 5278 | // Add properties from the protocols in a qualified interface. |
| 5279 | for (auto *I : BaseType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->quals()) |
| 5280 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, I, true, /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, |
| 5281 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, |
| 5282 | IsBaseExprStatement, /*IsClassProperty*/ false, |
| 5283 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); |
| 5284 | } else if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) || |
| 5285 | (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectType())) { |
| 5286 | // Objective-C instance variable access. Bail if we're performing fix-it |
| 5287 | // code completion since Objective-C properties are normally backed by |
| 5288 | // ivars, most Objective-C fix-its here would have little value. |
| 5289 | if (AccessOpFixIt.hasValue()) { |
| 5290 | return false; |
| 5291 | } |
| 5292 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = nullptr; |
| 5293 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjCPtr = |
| 5294 | BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
| 5295 | Class = ObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl(); |
| 5296 | else |
| 5297 | Class = BaseType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getInterface(); |
| 5298 | |
| 5299 | // Add all ivars from this class and its superclasses. |
| 5300 | if (Class) { |
| 5301 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, Class, BaseType); |
| 5302 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsObjCIvar); |
| 5303 | LookupVisibleDecls( |
| 5304 | Class, LookupMemberName, Consumer, CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
| 5305 | /*IncludeDependentBases=*/false, CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 5306 | } |
| 5307 | } |
| 5308 | |
| 5309 | // FIXME: How do we cope with isa? |
| 5310 | return true; |
| 5311 | }; |
| 5312 | |
| 5313 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 5314 | |
| 5315 | bool CompletionSucceded = DoCompletion(Base, IsArrow, None); |
| 5316 | if (CodeCompleter->includeFixIts()) { |
| 5317 | const CharSourceRange OpRange = |
| 5318 | CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(OpLoc, OpLoc); |
| 5319 | CompletionSucceded |= DoCompletion( |
| 5320 | OtherOpBase, !IsArrow, |
| 5321 | FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpRange, IsArrow ? "." : "->" )); |
| 5322 | } |
| 5323 | |
| 5324 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 5325 | |
| 5326 | if (!CompletionSucceded) |
| 5327 | return; |
| 5328 | |
| 5329 | // Hand off the results found for code completion. |
| 5330 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 5331 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 5332 | } |
| 5333 | |
| 5334 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCClassPropertyRefExpr(Scope *S, |
| 5335 | IdentifierInfo &ClassName, |
| 5336 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc, |
| 5337 | bool IsBaseExprStatement) { |
| 5338 | IdentifierInfo *ClassNamePtr = &ClassName; |
| 5339 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getObjCInterfaceDecl(ClassNamePtr, ClassNameLoc); |
| 5340 | if (!IFace) |
| 5341 | return; |
| 5342 | CodeCompletionContext CCContext( |
| 5343 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCPropertyAccess); |
| 5344 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 5345 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext, |
| 5346 | &ResultBuilder::IsMember); |
| 5347 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 5348 | AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties; |
| 5349 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, IFace, true, |
| 5350 | /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, CurContext, AddedProperties, |
| 5351 | Results, IsBaseExprStatement, |
| 5352 | /*IsClassProperty=*/true); |
| 5353 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 5354 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 5355 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 5356 | } |
| 5357 | |
| 5358 | void Sema::CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec) { |
| 5359 | if (!CodeCompleter) |
| 5360 | return; |
| 5361 | |
| 5362 | ResultBuilder::LookupFilter Filter = nullptr; |
| 5363 | enum CodeCompletionContext::Kind ContextKind = |
| 5364 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other; |
| 5365 | switch ((DeclSpec::TST)TagSpec) { |
| 5366 | case DeclSpec::TST_enum: |
| 5367 | Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsEnum; |
| 5368 | ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_EnumTag; |
| 5369 | break; |
| 5370 | |
| 5371 | case DeclSpec::TST_union: |
| 5372 | Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsUnion; |
| 5373 | ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_UnionTag; |
| 5374 | break; |
| 5375 | |
| 5376 | case DeclSpec::TST_struct: |
| 5377 | case DeclSpec::TST_class: |
| 5378 | case DeclSpec::TST_interface: |
| 5379 | Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsClassOrStruct; |
| 5380 | ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassOrStructTag; |
| 5381 | break; |
| 5382 | |
| 5383 | default: |
| 5384 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown type specifier kind in CodeCompleteTag" ); |
| 5385 | } |
| 5386 | |
| 5387 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 5388 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), ContextKind); |
| 5389 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
| 5390 | |
| 5391 | // First pass: look for tags. |
| 5392 | Results.setFilter(Filter); |
| 5393 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupTagName, Consumer, |
| 5394 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
| 5395 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 5396 | |
| 5397 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { |
| 5398 | // Second pass: look for nested name specifiers. |
| 5399 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier); |
| 5400 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, Consumer, |
| 5401 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
| 5402 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 5403 | } |
| 5404 | |
| 5405 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 5406 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 5407 | } |
| 5408 | |
| 5409 | static void AddTypeQualifierResults(DeclSpec &DS, ResultBuilder &Results, |
| 5410 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { |
| 5411 | if (!(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)) |
| 5412 | Results.AddResult("const" ); |
| 5413 | if (!(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)) |
| 5414 | Results.AddResult("volatile" ); |
| 5415 | if (LangOpts.C99 && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)) |
| 5416 | Results.AddResult("restrict" ); |
| 5417 | if (LangOpts.C11 && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)) |
| 5418 | Results.AddResult("_Atomic" ); |
| 5419 | if (LangOpts.MSVCCompat && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)) |
| 5420 | Results.AddResult("__unaligned" ); |
| 5421 | } |
| 5422 | |
| 5423 | void Sema::CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS) { |
| 5424 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 5425 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 5426 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TypeQualifiers); |
| 5427 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 5428 | AddTypeQualifierResults(DS, Results, LangOpts); |
| 5429 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 5430 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 5431 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 5432 | } |
| 5433 | |
| 5434 | void Sema::CodeCompleteFunctionQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS, Declarator &D, |
| 5435 | const VirtSpecifiers *VS) { |
| 5436 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 5437 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 5438 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TypeQualifiers); |
| 5439 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 5440 | AddTypeQualifierResults(DS, Results, LangOpts); |
| 5441 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) { |
| 5442 | Results.AddResult("noexcept" ); |
| 5443 | if (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::Member && !D.isCtorOrDtor() && |
| 5444 | !D.isStaticMember()) { |
| 5445 | if (!VS || !VS->isFinalSpecified()) |
| 5446 | Results.AddResult("final" ); |
| 5447 | if (!VS || !VS->isOverrideSpecified()) |
| 5448 | Results.AddResult("override" ); |
| 5449 | } |
| 5450 | } |
| 5451 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 5452 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 5453 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 5454 | } |
| 5455 | |
| 5456 | void Sema::CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S) { |
| 5457 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, QualType(getASTContext().getSizeType())); |
| 5458 | } |
| 5459 | |
| 5460 | void Sema::CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S) { |
| 5461 | if (getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty() || !CodeCompleter) |
| 5462 | return; |
| 5463 | |
| 5464 | SwitchStmt *Switch = getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.back().getPointer(); |
| 5465 | // Condition expression might be invalid, do not continue in this case. |
| 5466 | if (!Switch->getCond()) |
| 5467 | return; |
| 5468 | QualType type = Switch->getCond()->IgnoreImplicit()->getType(); |
| 5469 | if (!type->isEnumeralType()) { |
| 5470 | CodeCompleteExpressionData Data(type); |
| 5471 | Data.IntegralConstantExpression = true; |
| 5472 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data); |
| 5473 | return; |
| 5474 | } |
| 5475 | |
| 5476 | // Code-complete the cases of a switch statement over an enumeration type |
| 5477 | // by providing the list of |
| 5478 | EnumDecl *Enum = type->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl(); |
| 5479 | if (EnumDecl *Def = Enum->getDefinition()) |
| 5480 | Enum = Def; |
| 5481 | |
| 5482 | // Determine which enumerators we have already seen in the switch statement. |
| 5483 | // FIXME: Ideally, we would also be able to look *past* the code-completion |
| 5484 | // token, in case we are code-completing in the middle of the switch and not |
| 5485 | // at the end. However, we aren't able to do so at the moment. |
| 5486 | CoveredEnumerators Enumerators; |
| 5487 | for (SwitchCase *SC = Switch->getSwitchCaseList(); SC; |
| 5488 | SC = SC->getNextSwitchCase()) { |
| 5489 | CaseStmt *Case = dyn_cast<CaseStmt>(SC); |
| 5490 | if (!Case) |
| 5491 | continue; |
| 5492 | |
| 5493 | Expr *CaseVal = Case->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts(); |
| 5494 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CaseVal)) |
| 5495 | if (auto *Enumerator = |
| 5496 | dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { |
| 5497 | // We look into the AST of the case statement to determine which |
| 5498 | // enumerator was named. Alternatively, we could compute the value of |
| 5499 | // the integral constant expression, then compare it against the |
| 5500 | // values of each enumerator. However, value-based approach would not |
| 5501 | // work as well with C++ templates where enumerators declared within a |
| 5502 | // template are type- and value-dependent. |
| 5503 | Enumerators.Seen.insert(Enumerator); |
| 5504 | |
| 5505 | // If this is a qualified-id, keep track of the nested-name-specifier |
| 5506 | // so that we can reproduce it as part of code completion, e.g., |
| 5507 | // |
| 5508 | // switch (TagD.getKind()) { |
| 5509 | // case TagDecl::TK_enum: |
| 5510 | // break; |
| 5511 | // case XXX |
| 5512 | // |
| 5513 | // At the XXX, our completions are TagDecl::TK_union, |
| 5514 | // TagDecl::TK_struct, and TagDecl::TK_class, rather than TK_union, |
| 5515 | // TK_struct, and TK_class. |
| 5516 | Enumerators.SuggestedQualifier = DRE->getQualifier(); |
| 5517 | } |
| 5518 | } |
| 5519 | |
| 5520 | // Add any enumerators that have not yet been mentioned. |
| 5521 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 5522 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 5523 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression); |
| 5524 | AddEnumerators(Results, Context, Enum, CurContext, Enumerators); |
| 5525 | |
| 5526 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) { |
| 5527 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false); |
| 5528 | } |
| 5529 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 5530 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 5531 | } |
| 5532 | |
| 5533 | static bool anyNullArguments(ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { |
| 5534 | if (Args.size() && !Args.data()) |
| 5535 | return true; |
| 5536 | |
| 5537 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != Args.size(); ++I) |
| 5538 | if (!Args[I]) |
| 5539 | return true; |
| 5540 | |
| 5541 | return false; |
| 5542 | } |
| 5543 | |
| 5544 | typedef CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate ResultCandidate; |
| 5545 | |
| 5546 | static void mergeCandidatesWithResults( |
| 5547 | Sema &SemaRef, SmallVectorImpl<ResultCandidate> &Results, |
| 5548 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, SourceLocation Loc, size_t ArgSize) { |
| 5549 | // Sort the overload candidate set by placing the best overloads first. |
| 5550 | llvm::stable_sort(CandidateSet, [&](const OverloadCandidate &X, |
| 5551 | const OverloadCandidate &Y) { |
| 5552 | return isBetterOverloadCandidate(SemaRef, X, Y, Loc, |
| 5553 | CandidateSet.getKind()); |
| 5554 | }); |
| 5555 | |
| 5556 | // Add the remaining viable overload candidates as code-completion results. |
| 5557 | for (OverloadCandidate &Candidate : CandidateSet) { |
| 5558 | if (Candidate.Function) { |
| 5559 | if (Candidate.Function->isDeleted()) |
| 5560 | continue; |
| 5561 | if (!Candidate.Function->isVariadic() && |
| 5562 | Candidate.Function->getNumParams() <= ArgSize && |
| 5563 | // Having zero args is annoying, normally we don't surface a function |
| 5564 | // with 2 params, if you already have 2 params, because you are |
| 5565 | // inserting the 3rd now. But with zero, it helps the user to figure |
| 5566 | // out there are no overloads that take any arguments. Hence we are |
| 5567 | // keeping the overload. |
| 5568 | ArgSize > 0) |
| 5569 | continue; |
| 5570 | } |
| 5571 | if (Candidate.Viable) |
| 5572 | Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(Candidate.Function)); |
| 5573 | } |
| 5574 | } |
| 5575 | |
| 5576 | /// Get the type of the Nth parameter from a given set of overload |
| 5577 | /// candidates. |
| 5578 | static QualType getParamType(Sema &SemaRef, |
| 5579 | ArrayRef<ResultCandidate> Candidates, unsigned N) { |
| 5580 | |
| 5581 | // Given the overloads 'Candidates' for a function call matching all arguments |
| 5582 | // up to N, return the type of the Nth parameter if it is the same for all |
| 5583 | // overload candidates. |
| 5584 | QualType ParamType; |
| 5585 | for (auto &Candidate : Candidates) { |
| 5586 | if (const auto *FType = Candidate.getFunctionType()) |
| 5587 | if (const auto *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FType)) |
| 5588 | if (N < Proto->getNumParams()) { |
| 5589 | if (ParamType.isNull()) |
| 5590 | ParamType = Proto->getParamType(N); |
| 5591 | else if (!SemaRef.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( |
| 5592 | ParamType.getNonReferenceType(), |
| 5593 | Proto->getParamType(N).getNonReferenceType())) |
| 5594 | // Otherwise return a default-constructed QualType. |
| 5595 | return QualType(); |
| 5596 | } |
| 5597 | } |
| 5598 | |
| 5599 | return ParamType; |
| 5600 | } |
| 5601 | |
| 5602 | static QualType |
| 5603 | ProduceSignatureHelp(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, |
| 5604 | MutableArrayRef<ResultCandidate> Candidates, |
| 5605 | unsigned CurrentArg, SourceLocation OpenParLoc) { |
| 5606 | if (Candidates.empty()) |
| 5607 | return QualType(); |
| 5608 | SemaRef.CodeCompleter->ProcessOverloadCandidates( |
| 5609 | SemaRef, CurrentArg, Candidates.data(), Candidates.size(), OpenParLoc); |
| 5610 | return getParamType(SemaRef, Candidates, CurrentArg); |
| 5611 | } |
| 5612 | |
| 5613 | QualType Sema::ProduceCallSignatureHelp(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, |
| 5614 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 5615 | SourceLocation OpenParLoc) { |
| 5616 | Fn = unwrapParenList(Fn); |
| 5617 | if (!CodeCompleter || !Fn) |
| 5618 | return QualType(); |
| 5619 | |
| 5620 | // FIXME: Provide support for variadic template functions. |
| 5621 | // Ignore type-dependent call expressions entirely. |
| 5622 | if (Fn->isTypeDependent() || anyNullArguments(Args)) |
| 5623 | return QualType(); |
| 5624 | // In presence of dependent args we surface all possible signatures using the |
| 5625 | // non-dependent args in the prefix. Afterwards we do a post filtering to make |
| 5626 | // sure provided candidates satisfy parameter count restrictions. |
| 5627 | auto ArgsWithoutDependentTypes = |
| 5628 | Args.take_while([](Expr *Arg) { return !Arg->isTypeDependent(); }); |
| 5629 | |
| 5630 | SmallVector<ResultCandidate, 8> Results; |
| 5631 | |
| 5632 | Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParenCasts(); |
| 5633 | // Build an overload candidate set based on the functions we find. |
| 5634 | SourceLocation Loc = Fn->getExprLoc(); |
| 5635 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); |
| 5636 | |
| 5637 | if (auto ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) { |
| 5638 | AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, ArgsWithoutDependentTypes, CandidateSet, |
| 5639 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true); |
| 5640 | } else if (auto UME = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) { |
| 5641 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr; |
| 5642 | if (UME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { |
| 5643 | UME->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer); |
| 5644 | TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer; |
| 5645 | } |
| 5646 | |
| 5647 | // Add the base as first argument (use a nullptr if the base is implicit). |
| 5648 | SmallVector<Expr *, 12> ArgExprs( |
| 5649 | 1, UME->isImplicitAccess() ? nullptr : UME->getBase()); |
| 5650 | ArgExprs.append(ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.begin(), |
| 5651 | ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.end()); |
| 5652 | UnresolvedSet<8> Decls; |
| 5653 | Decls.append(UME->decls_begin(), UME->decls_end()); |
| 5654 | const bool FirstArgumentIsBase = !UME->isImplicitAccess() && UME->getBase(); |
| 5655 | AddFunctionCandidates(Decls, ArgExprs, CandidateSet, TemplateArgs, |
| 5656 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
| 5657 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true, FirstArgumentIsBase); |
| 5658 | } else { |
| 5659 | FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; |
| 5660 | if (auto *MCE = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) |
| 5661 | FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MCE->getMemberDecl()); |
| 5662 | else if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)) |
| 5663 | FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); |
| 5664 | if (FD) { // We check whether it's a resolved function declaration. |
| 5665 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || |
| 5666 | !FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) |
| 5667 | Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(FD)); |
| 5668 | else |
| 5669 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, FD->getAccess()), |
| 5670 | ArgsWithoutDependentTypes, CandidateSet, |
| 5671 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
| 5672 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true); |
| 5673 | |
| 5674 | } else if (auto DC = NakedFn->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { |
| 5675 | // If expression's type is CXXRecordDecl, it may overload the function |
| 5676 | // call operator, so we check if it does and add them as candidates. |
| 5677 | // A complete type is needed to lookup for member function call operators. |
| 5678 | if (isCompleteType(Loc, NakedFn->getType())) { |
| 5679 | DeclarationName OpName = |
| 5680 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call); |
| 5681 | LookupResult R(*this, OpName, Loc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
| 5682 | LookupQualifiedName(R, DC); |
| 5683 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); |
| 5684 | SmallVector<Expr *, 12> ArgExprs(1, NakedFn); |
| 5685 | ArgExprs.append(ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.begin(), |
| 5686 | ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.end()); |
| 5687 | AddFunctionCandidates(R.asUnresolvedSet(), ArgExprs, CandidateSet, |
| 5688 | /*ExplicitArgs=*/nullptr, |
| 5689 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
| 5690 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true); |
| 5691 | } |
| 5692 | } else { |
| 5693 | // Lastly we check whether expression's type is function pointer or |
| 5694 | // function. |
| 5695 | QualType T = NakedFn->getType(); |
| 5696 | if (!T->getPointeeType().isNull()) |
| 5697 | T = T->getPointeeType(); |
| 5698 | |
| 5699 | if (auto FP = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { |
| 5700 | if (!TooManyArguments(FP->getNumParams(), |
| 5701 | ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.size(), |
| 5702 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true) || |
| 5703 | FP->isVariadic()) |
| 5704 | Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(FP)); |
| 5705 | } else if (auto FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) |
| 5706 | // No prototype and declaration, it may be a K & R style function. |
| 5707 | Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(FT)); |
| 5708 | } |
| 5709 | } |
| 5710 | mergeCandidatesWithResults(*this, Results, CandidateSet, Loc, Args.size()); |
| 5711 | QualType ParamType = |
| 5712 | ProduceSignatureHelp(*this, S, Results, Args.size(), OpenParLoc); |
| 5713 | return !CandidateSet.empty() ? ParamType : QualType(); |
| 5714 | } |
| 5715 | |
| 5716 | QualType Sema::ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(Scope *S, QualType Type, |
| 5717 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 5718 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 5719 | SourceLocation OpenParLoc) { |
| 5720 | if (!CodeCompleter) |
| 5721 | return QualType(); |
| 5722 | |
| 5723 | // A complete type is needed to lookup for constructors. |
| 5724 | CXXRecordDecl *RD = |
| 5725 | isCompleteType(Loc, Type) ? Type->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : nullptr; |
| 5726 | if (!RD) |
| 5727 | return Type; |
| 5728 | |
| 5729 | // FIXME: Provide support for member initializers. |
| 5730 | // FIXME: Provide support for variadic template constructors. |
| 5731 | |
| 5732 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); |
| 5733 | |
| 5734 | for (NamedDecl *C : LookupConstructors(RD)) { |
| 5735 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(C)) { |
| 5736 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, C->getAccess()), Args, |
| 5737 | CandidateSet, |
| 5738 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
| 5739 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true, |
| 5740 | /*AllowExplicit*/ true); |
| 5741 | } else if (auto *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(C)) { |
| 5742 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( |
| 5743 | FTD, DeclAccessPair::make(FTD, C->getAccess()), |
| 5744 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args, CandidateSet, |
| 5745 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
| 5746 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true); |
| 5747 | } |
| 5748 | } |
| 5749 | |
| 5750 | SmallVector<ResultCandidate, 8> Results; |
| 5751 | mergeCandidatesWithResults(*this, Results, CandidateSet, Loc, Args.size()); |
| 5752 | return ProduceSignatureHelp(*this, S, Results, Args.size(), OpenParLoc); |
| 5753 | } |
| 5754 | |
| 5755 | QualType Sema::ProduceCtorInitMemberSignatureHelp( |
| 5756 | Scope *S, Decl *ConstructorDecl, CXXScopeSpec SS, ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
| 5757 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs, IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation OpenParLoc) { |
| 5758 | if (!CodeCompleter) |
| 5759 | return QualType(); |
| 5760 | |
| 5761 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = |
| 5762 | dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorDecl); |
| 5763 | if (!Constructor) |
| 5764 | return QualType(); |
| 5765 | // FIXME: Add support for Base class constructors as well. |
| 5766 | if (ValueDecl *MemberDecl = tryLookupCtorInitMemberDecl( |
| 5767 | Constructor->getParent(), SS, TemplateTypeTy, II)) |
| 5768 | return ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(getCurScope(), MemberDecl->getType(), |
| 5769 | MemberDecl->getLocation(), ArgExprs, |
| 5770 | OpenParLoc); |
| 5771 | return QualType(); |
| 5772 | } |
| 5773 | |
| 5774 | void Sema::CodeCompleteDesignator(const QualType BaseType, |
| 5775 | llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> InitExprs, |
| 5776 | const Designation &D) { |
| 5777 | if (BaseType.isNull()) |
| 5778 | return; |
| 5779 | // FIXME: Handle nested designations, e.g. : .x.^ |
| 5780 | if (!D.empty()) |
| 5781 | return; |
| 5782 | |
| 5783 | const auto *RD = getAsRecordDecl(BaseType); |
| 5784 | if (!RD) |
| 5785 | return; |
| 5786 | if (const auto *CTSD = llvm::dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) { |
| 5787 | // Template might not be instantiated yet, fall back to primary template in |
| 5788 | // such cases. |
| 5789 | if (CTSD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_Undeclared) |
| 5790 | RD = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 5791 | } |
| 5792 | if (RD->fields().empty()) |
| 5793 | return; |
| 5794 | |
| 5795 | CodeCompletionContext CCC(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_DotMemberAccess, |
| 5796 | BaseType); |
| 5797 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 5798 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCC); |
| 5799 | |
| 5800 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 5801 | for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { |
| 5802 | // FIXME: Make use of previous designators to mark any fields before those |
| 5803 | // inaccessible, and also compute the next initializer priority. |
| 5804 | ResultBuilder::Result Result(FD, Results.getBasePriority(FD)); |
| 5805 | Results.AddResult(Result, CurContext, /*Hiding=*/nullptr); |
| 5806 | } |
| 5807 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 5808 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 5809 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 5810 | } |
| 5811 | |
| 5812 | void Sema::CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D) { |
| 5813 | ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D); |
| 5814 | if (!VD) { |
| 5815 | CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, PCC_Expression); |
| 5816 | return; |
| 5817 | } |
| 5818 | |
| 5819 | CodeCompleteExpressionData Data; |
| 5820 | Data.PreferredType = VD->getType(); |
| 5821 | // Ignore VD to avoid completing the variable itself, e.g. in 'int foo = ^'. |
| 5822 | Data.IgnoreDecls.push_back(VD); |
| 5823 | |
| 5824 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data); |
| 5825 | } |
| 5826 | |
| 5827 | void Sema::CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S, bool IsBracedThen) { |
| 5828 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 5829 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 5830 | mapCodeCompletionContext(*this, PCC_Statement)); |
| 5831 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName); |
| 5832 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 5833 | |
| 5834 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
| 5835 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
| 5836 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
| 5837 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 5838 | |
| 5839 | AddOrdinaryNameResults(PCC_Statement, S, *this, Results); |
| 5840 | |
| 5841 | // "else" block |
| 5842 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 5843 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 5844 | |
| 5845 | auto AddElseBodyPattern = [&] { |
| 5846 | if (IsBracedThen) { |
| 5847 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 5848 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 5849 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 5850 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements" ); |
| 5851 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 5852 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 5853 | } else { |
| 5854 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 5855 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 5856 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statement" ); |
| 5857 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 5858 | } |
| 5859 | }; |
| 5860 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("else" ); |
| 5861 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) |
| 5862 | AddElseBodyPattern(); |
| 5863 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 5864 | |
| 5865 | // "else if" block |
| 5866 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("else if" ); |
| 5867 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 5868 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 5869 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 5870 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition" ); |
| 5871 | else |
| 5872 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 5873 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 5874 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
| 5875 | AddElseBodyPattern(); |
| 5876 | } |
| 5877 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 5878 | |
| 5879 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 5880 | |
| 5881 | if (S->getFnParent()) |
| 5882 | AddPrettyFunctionResults(getLangOpts(), Results); |
| 5883 | |
| 5884 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) |
| 5885 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false); |
| 5886 | |
| 5887 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 5888 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 5889 | } |
| 5890 | |
| 5891 | void Sema::CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5892 | bool EnteringContext, |
| 5893 | bool IsUsingDeclaration, QualType BaseType, |
| 5894 | QualType PreferredType) { |
| 5895 | if (SS.isEmpty() || !CodeCompleter) |
| 5896 | return; |
| 5897 | |
| 5898 | CodeCompletionContext CC(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Symbol, PreferredType); |
| 5899 | CC.setIsUsingDeclaration(IsUsingDeclaration); |
| 5900 | CC.setCXXScopeSpecifier(SS); |
| 5901 | |
| 5902 | // We want to keep the scope specifier even if it's invalid (e.g. the scope |
| 5903 | // "a::b::" is not corresponding to any context/namespace in the AST), since |
| 5904 | // it can be useful for global code completion which have information about |
| 5905 | // contexts/symbols that are not in the AST. |
| 5906 | if (SS.isInvalid()) { |
| 5907 | // As SS is invalid, we try to collect accessible contexts from the current |
| 5908 | // scope with a dummy lookup so that the completion consumer can try to |
| 5909 | // guess what the specified scope is. |
| 5910 | ResultBuilder DummyResults(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 5911 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CC); |
| 5912 | if (!PreferredType.isNull()) |
| 5913 | DummyResults.setPreferredType(PreferredType); |
| 5914 | if (S->getEntity()) { |
| 5915 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(DummyResults, S->getEntity(), |
| 5916 | BaseType); |
| 5917 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
| 5918 | /*IncludeGlobalScope=*/false, |
| 5919 | /*LoadExternal=*/false); |
| 5920 | } |
| 5921 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, |
| 5922 | DummyResults.getCompletionContext(), nullptr, 0); |
| 5923 | return; |
| 5924 | } |
| 5925 | // Always pretend to enter a context to ensure that a dependent type |
| 5926 | // resolves to a dependent record. |
| 5927 | DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, /*EnteringContext=*/true); |
| 5928 | |
| 5929 | // Try to instantiate any non-dependent declaration contexts before |
| 5930 | // we look in them. Bail out if we fail. |
| 5931 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); |
| 5932 | if (NNS != nullptr && SS.isValid() && !NNS->isDependent()) { |
| 5933 | if (Ctx == nullptr || RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, Ctx)) |
| 5934 | return; |
| 5935 | } |
| 5936 | |
| 5937 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 5938 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CC); |
| 5939 | if (!PreferredType.isNull()) |
| 5940 | Results.setPreferredType(PreferredType); |
| 5941 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 5942 | |
| 5943 | // The "template" keyword can follow "::" in the grammar, but only |
| 5944 | // put it into the grammar if the nested-name-specifier is dependent. |
| 5945 | // FIXME: results is always empty, this appears to be dead. |
| 5946 | if (!Results.empty() && NNS->isDependent()) |
| 5947 | Results.AddResult("template" ); |
| 5948 | |
| 5949 | // If the scope is a concept-constrained type parameter, infer nested |
| 5950 | // members based on the constraints. |
| 5951 | if (const auto *TTPT = |
| 5952 | dyn_cast_or_null<TemplateTypeParmType>(NNS->getAsType())) { |
| 5953 | for (const auto &R : ConceptInfo(*TTPT, S).members()) { |
| 5954 | if (R.Operator != ConceptInfo::Member::Colons) |
| 5955 | continue; |
| 5956 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult( |
| 5957 | R.render(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 5958 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo()))); |
| 5959 | } |
| 5960 | } |
| 5961 | |
| 5962 | // Add calls to overridden virtual functions, if there are any. |
| 5963 | // |
| 5964 | // FIXME: This isn't wonderful, because we don't know whether we're actually |
| 5965 | // in a context that permits expressions. This is a general issue with |
| 5966 | // qualified-id completions. |
| 5967 | if (Ctx && !EnteringContext) |
| 5968 | MaybeAddOverrideCalls(*this, Ctx, Results); |
| 5969 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 5970 | |
| 5971 | if (Ctx && |
| 5972 | (CodeCompleter->includeNamespaceLevelDecls() || !Ctx->isFileContext())) { |
| 5973 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, Ctx, BaseType); |
| 5974 | LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
| 5975 | /*IncludeGlobalScope=*/true, |
| 5976 | /*IncludeDependentBases=*/true, |
| 5977 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 5978 | } |
| 5979 | |
| 5980 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 5981 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 5982 | } |
| 5983 | |
| 5984 | void Sema::CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S) { |
| 5985 | if (!CodeCompleter) |
| 5986 | return; |
| 5987 | |
| 5988 | // This can be both a using alias or using declaration, in the former we |
| 5989 | // expect a new name and a symbol in the latter case. |
| 5990 | CodeCompletionContext Context(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SymbolOrNewName); |
| 5991 | Context.setIsUsingDeclaration(true); |
| 5992 | |
| 5993 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 5994 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), Context, |
| 5995 | &ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier); |
| 5996 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 5997 | |
| 5998 | // If we aren't in class scope, we could see the "namespace" keyword. |
| 5999 | if (!S->isClassScope()) |
| 6000 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("namespace" )); |
| 6001 | |
| 6002 | // After "using", we can see anything that would start a |
| 6003 | // nested-name-specifier. |
| 6004 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
| 6005 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
| 6006 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
| 6007 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 6008 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 6009 | |
| 6010 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 6011 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 6012 | } |
| 6013 | |
| 6014 | void Sema::CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S) { |
| 6015 | if (!CodeCompleter) |
| 6016 | return; |
| 6017 | |
| 6018 | // After "using namespace", we expect to see a namespace name or namespace |
| 6019 | // alias. |
| 6020 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 6021 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 6022 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace, |
| 6023 | &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias); |
| 6024 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 6025 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
| 6026 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
| 6027 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
| 6028 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 6029 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 6030 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 6031 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 6032 | } |
| 6033 | |
| 6034 | void Sema::CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S) { |
| 6035 | if (!CodeCompleter) |
| 6036 | return; |
| 6037 | |
| 6038 | DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity(); |
| 6039 | if (!S->getParent()) |
| 6040 | Ctx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
| 6041 | |
| 6042 | bool SuppressedGlobalResults = |
| 6043 | Ctx && !CodeCompleter->includeGlobals() && isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Ctx); |
| 6044 | |
| 6045 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 6046 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 6047 | SuppressedGlobalResults |
| 6048 | ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace |
| 6049 | : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other, |
| 6050 | &ResultBuilder::IsNamespace); |
| 6051 | |
| 6052 | if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext() && !SuppressedGlobalResults) { |
| 6053 | // We only want to see those namespaces that have already been defined |
| 6054 | // within this scope, because its likely that the user is creating an |
| 6055 | // extended namespace declaration. Keep track of the most recent |
| 6056 | // definition of each namespace. |
| 6057 | std::map<NamespaceDecl *, NamespaceDecl *> OrigToLatest; |
| 6058 | for (DeclContext::specific_decl_iterator<NamespaceDecl> |
| 6059 | NS(Ctx->decls_begin()), |
| 6060 | NSEnd(Ctx->decls_end()); |
| 6061 | NS != NSEnd; ++NS) |
| 6062 | OrigToLatest[NS->getOriginalNamespace()] = *NS; |
| 6063 | |
| 6064 | // Add the most recent definition (or extended definition) of each |
| 6065 | // namespace to the list of results. |
| 6066 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 6067 | for (std::map<NamespaceDecl *, NamespaceDecl *>::iterator |
| 6068 | NS = OrigToLatest.begin(), |
| 6069 | NSEnd = OrigToLatest.end(); |
| 6070 | NS != NSEnd; ++NS) |
| 6071 | Results.AddResult( |
| 6072 | CodeCompletionResult(NS->second, Results.getBasePriority(NS->second), |
| 6073 | nullptr), |
| 6074 | CurContext, nullptr, false); |
| 6075 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 6076 | } |
| 6077 | |
| 6078 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 6079 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 6080 | } |
| 6081 | |
| 6082 | void Sema::CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S) { |
| 6083 | if (!CodeCompleter) |
| 6084 | return; |
| 6085 | |
| 6086 | // After "namespace", we expect to see a namespace or alias. |
| 6087 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 6088 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 6089 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace, |
| 6090 | &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias); |
| 6091 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
| 6092 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
| 6093 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
| 6094 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 6095 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 6096 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 6097 | } |
| 6098 | |
| 6099 | void Sema::CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S) { |
| 6100 | if (!CodeCompleter) |
| 6101 | return; |
| 6102 | |
| 6103 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 6104 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 6105 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 6106 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type, |
| 6107 | &ResultBuilder::IsType); |
| 6108 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 6109 | |
| 6110 | // Add the names of overloadable operators. Note that OO_Conditional is not |
| 6111 | // actually overloadable. |
| 6112 | #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name, Spelling, Token, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly) \ |
| 6113 | if (OO_##Name != OO_Conditional) \ |
| 6114 | Results.AddResult(Result(Spelling)); |
| 6115 | #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def" |
| 6116 | |
| 6117 | // Add any type names visible from the current scope |
| 6118 | Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers(); |
| 6119 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
| 6120 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
| 6121 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
| 6122 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 6123 | |
| 6124 | // Add any type specifiers |
| 6125 | AddTypeSpecifierResults(getLangOpts(), Results); |
| 6126 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 6127 | |
| 6128 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 6129 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 6130 | } |
| 6131 | |
| 6132 | void Sema::CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer( |
| 6133 | Decl *ConstructorD, ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers) { |
| 6134 | if (!ConstructorD) |
| 6135 | return; |
| 6136 | |
| 6137 | AdjustDeclIfTemplate(ConstructorD); |
| 6138 | |
| 6139 | auto *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorD); |
| 6140 | if (!Constructor) |
| 6141 | return; |
| 6142 | |
| 6143 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 6144 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 6145 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Symbol); |
| 6146 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 6147 | |
| 6148 | // Fill in any already-initialized fields or base classes. |
| 6149 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 4> InitializedFields; |
| 6150 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> InitializedBases; |
| 6151 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = Initializers.size(); I != E; ++I) { |
| 6152 | if (Initializers[I]->isBaseInitializer()) |
| 6153 | InitializedBases.insert(Context.getCanonicalType( |
| 6154 | QualType(Initializers[I]->getBaseClass(), 0))); |
| 6155 | else |
| 6156 | InitializedFields.insert( |
| 6157 | cast<FieldDecl>(Initializers[I]->getAnyMember())); |
| 6158 | } |
| 6159 | |
| 6160 | // Add completions for base classes. |
| 6161 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(*this); |
| 6162 | bool SawLastInitializer = Initializers.empty(); |
| 6163 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = Constructor->getParent(); |
| 6164 | |
| 6165 | auto GenerateCCS = [&](const NamedDecl *ND, const char *Name) { |
| 6166 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 6167 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 6168 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Name); |
| 6169 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 6170 | if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) |
| 6171 | AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Builder); |
| 6172 | else if (const auto *FunTemplDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) |
| 6173 | AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, FunTemplDecl->getTemplatedDecl(), |
| 6174 | Builder); |
| 6175 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 6176 | return Builder.TakeString(); |
| 6177 | }; |
| 6178 | auto AddDefaultCtorInit = [&](const char *Name, const char *Type, |
| 6179 | const NamedDecl *ND) { |
| 6180 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 6181 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 6182 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Name); |
| 6183 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 6184 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Type); |
| 6185 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 6186 | if (ND) { |
| 6187 | auto CCR = CodeCompletionResult( |
| 6188 | Builder.TakeString(), ND, |
| 6189 | SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration); |
| 6190 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(ND)) |
| 6191 | CCR.CursorKind = CXCursor_MemberRef; |
| 6192 | return Results.AddResult(CCR); |
| 6193 | } |
| 6194 | return Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult( |
| 6195 | Builder.TakeString(), |
| 6196 | SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration)); |
| 6197 | }; |
| 6198 | auto AddCtorsWithName = [&](const CXXRecordDecl *RD, unsigned int Priority, |
| 6199 | const char *Name, const FieldDecl *FD) { |
| 6200 | if (!RD) |
| 6201 | return AddDefaultCtorInit(Name, |
| 6202 | FD ? Results.getAllocator().CopyString( |
| 6203 | FD->getType().getAsString(Policy)) |
| 6204 | : Name, |
| 6205 | FD); |
| 6206 | auto Ctors = getConstructors(Context, RD); |
| 6207 | if (Ctors.begin() == Ctors.end()) |
| 6208 | return AddDefaultCtorInit(Name, Name, RD); |
| 6209 | for (const NamedDecl *Ctor : Ctors) { |
| 6210 | auto CCR = CodeCompletionResult(GenerateCCS(Ctor, Name), RD, Priority); |
| 6211 | CCR.CursorKind = getCursorKindForDecl(Ctor); |
| 6212 | Results.AddResult(CCR); |
| 6213 | } |
| 6214 | }; |
| 6215 | auto AddBase = [&](const CXXBaseSpecifier &Base) { |
| 6216 | const char *BaseName = |
| 6217 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Base.getType().getAsString(Policy)); |
| 6218 | const auto *RD = Base.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); |
| 6219 | AddCtorsWithName( |
| 6220 | RD, SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration, |
| 6221 | BaseName, nullptr); |
| 6222 | }; |
| 6223 | auto AddField = [&](const FieldDecl *FD) { |
| 6224 | const char *FieldName = |
| 6225 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(FD->getIdentifier()->getName()); |
| 6226 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD = FD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); |
| 6227 | AddCtorsWithName( |
| 6228 | RD, SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration, |
| 6229 | FieldName, FD); |
| 6230 | }; |
| 6231 | |
| 6232 | for (const auto &Base : ClassDecl->bases()) { |
| 6233 | if (!InitializedBases.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(Base.getType())) |
| 6234 | .second) { |
| 6235 | SawLastInitializer = |
| 6236 | !Initializers.empty() && Initializers.back()->isBaseInitializer() && |
| 6237 | Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( |
| 6238 | Base.getType(), QualType(Initializers.back()->getBaseClass(), 0)); |
| 6239 | continue; |
| 6240 | } |
| 6241 | |
| 6242 | AddBase(Base); |
| 6243 | SawLastInitializer = false; |
| 6244 | } |
| 6245 | |
| 6246 | // Add completions for virtual base classes. |
| 6247 | for (const auto &Base : ClassDecl->vbases()) { |
| 6248 | if (!InitializedBases.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(Base.getType())) |
| 6249 | .second) { |
| 6250 | SawLastInitializer = |
| 6251 | !Initializers.empty() && Initializers.back()->isBaseInitializer() && |
| 6252 | Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( |
| 6253 | Base.getType(), QualType(Initializers.back()->getBaseClass(), 0)); |
| 6254 | continue; |
| 6255 | } |
| 6256 | |
| 6257 | AddBase(Base); |
| 6258 | SawLastInitializer = false; |
| 6259 | } |
| 6260 | |
| 6261 | // Add completions for members. |
| 6262 | for (auto *Field : ClassDecl->fields()) { |
| 6263 | if (!InitializedFields.insert(cast<FieldDecl>(Field->getCanonicalDecl())) |
| 6264 | .second) { |
| 6265 | SawLastInitializer = !Initializers.empty() && |
| 6266 | Initializers.back()->isAnyMemberInitializer() && |
| 6267 | Initializers.back()->getAnyMember() == Field; |
| 6268 | continue; |
| 6269 | } |
| 6270 | |
| 6271 | if (!Field->getDeclName()) |
| 6272 | continue; |
| 6273 | |
| 6274 | AddField(Field); |
| 6275 | SawLastInitializer = false; |
| 6276 | } |
| 6277 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 6278 | |
| 6279 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 6280 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 6281 | } |
| 6282 | |
| 6283 | /// Determine whether this scope denotes a namespace. |
| 6284 | static bool isNamespaceScope(Scope *S) { |
| 6285 | DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity(); |
| 6286 | if (!DC) |
| 6287 | return false; |
| 6288 | |
| 6289 | return DC->isFileContext(); |
| 6290 | } |
| 6291 | |
| 6292 | void Sema::CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, |
| 6293 | bool AfterAmpersand) { |
| 6294 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 6295 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 6296 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
| 6297 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 6298 | |
| 6299 | // Note what has already been captured. |
| 6300 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Known; |
| 6301 | bool IncludedThis = false; |
| 6302 | for (const auto &C : Intro.Captures) { |
| 6303 | if (C.Kind == LCK_This) { |
| 6304 | IncludedThis = true; |
| 6305 | continue; |
| 6306 | } |
| 6307 | |
| 6308 | Known.insert(C.Id); |
| 6309 | } |
| 6310 | |
| 6311 | // Look for other capturable variables. |
| 6312 | for (; S && !isNamespaceScope(S); S = S->getParent()) { |
| 6313 | for (const auto *D : S->decls()) { |
| 6314 | const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); |
| 6315 | if (!Var || !Var->hasLocalStorage() || Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) |
| 6316 | continue; |
| 6317 | |
| 6318 | if (Known.insert(Var->getIdentifier()).second) |
| 6319 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Var, CCP_LocalDeclaration), |
| 6320 | CurContext, nullptr, false); |
| 6321 | } |
| 6322 | } |
| 6323 | |
| 6324 | // Add 'this', if it would be valid. |
| 6325 | if (!IncludedThis && !AfterAmpersand && Intro.Default != LCD_ByCopy) |
| 6326 | addThisCompletion(*this, Results); |
| 6327 | |
| 6328 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 6329 | |
| 6330 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 6331 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 6332 | } |
| 6333 | |
| 6334 | void Sema::CodeCompleteAfterFunctionEquals(Declarator &D) { |
| 6335 | if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) |
| 6336 | return; |
| 6337 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 6338 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 6339 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
| 6340 | auto ShouldAddDefault = [&D, this]() { |
| 6341 | if (!D.isFunctionDeclarator()) |
| 6342 | return false; |
| 6343 | auto &Id = D.getName(); |
| 6344 | if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName) |
| 6345 | return true; |
| 6346 | // FIXME(liuhui): Ideally, we should check the constructor parameter list to |
| 6347 | // verify that it is the default, copy or move constructor? |
| 6348 | if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName && |
| 6349 | D.getFunctionTypeInfo().NumParams <= 1) |
| 6350 | return true; |
| 6351 | if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId) { |
| 6352 | auto Op = Id.OperatorFunctionId.Operator; |
| 6353 | // FIXME(liuhui): Ideally, we should check the function parameter list to |
| 6354 | // verify that it is the copy or move assignment? |
| 6355 | if (Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_Equal) |
| 6356 | return true; |
| 6357 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus20 && |
| 6358 | (Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_EqualEqual || |
| 6359 | Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_ExclaimEqual || |
| 6360 | Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_Less || |
| 6361 | Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_LessEqual || |
| 6362 | Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_Greater || |
| 6363 | Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_GreaterEqual || |
| 6364 | Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_Spaceship)) |
| 6365 | return true; |
| 6366 | } |
| 6367 | return false; |
| 6368 | }; |
| 6369 | |
| 6370 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 6371 | if (ShouldAddDefault()) |
| 6372 | Results.AddResult("default" ); |
| 6373 | // FIXME(liuhui): Ideally, we should only provide `delete` completion for the |
| 6374 | // first function declaration. |
| 6375 | Results.AddResult("delete" ); |
| 6376 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 6377 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 6378 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 6379 | } |
| 6380 | |
| 6381 | /// Macro that optionally prepends an "@" to the string literal passed in via |
| 6382 | /// Keyword, depending on whether NeedAt is true or false. |
| 6383 | #define OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, Keyword) ((NeedAt) ? "@" Keyword : Keyword) |
| 6384 | |
| 6385 | static void AddObjCImplementationResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
| 6386 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) { |
| 6387 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 6388 | // Since we have an implementation, we can end it. |
| 6389 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "end" ))); |
| 6390 | |
| 6391 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 6392 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 6393 | if (LangOpts.ObjC) { |
| 6394 | // @dynamic |
| 6395 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "dynamic" )); |
| 6396 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 6397 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("property" ); |
| 6398 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 6399 | |
| 6400 | // @synthesize |
| 6401 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "synthesize" )); |
| 6402 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 6403 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("property" ); |
| 6404 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 6405 | } |
| 6406 | } |
| 6407 | |
| 6408 | static void AddObjCInterfaceResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
| 6409 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) { |
| 6410 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 6411 | |
| 6412 | // Since we have an interface or protocol, we can end it. |
| 6413 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "end" ))); |
| 6414 | |
| 6415 | if (LangOpts.ObjC) { |
| 6416 | // @property |
| 6417 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "property" ))); |
| 6418 | |
| 6419 | // @required |
| 6420 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "required" ))); |
| 6421 | |
| 6422 | // @optional |
| 6423 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "optional" ))); |
| 6424 | } |
| 6425 | } |
| 6426 | |
| 6427 | static void AddObjCTopLevelResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) { |
| 6428 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 6429 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 6430 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 6431 | |
| 6432 | // @class name ; |
| 6433 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "class" )); |
| 6434 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 6435 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name" ); |
| 6436 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 6437 | |
| 6438 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
| 6439 | // @interface name |
| 6440 | // FIXME: Could introduce the whole pattern, including superclasses and |
| 6441 | // such. |
| 6442 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "interface" )); |
| 6443 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 6444 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("class" ); |
| 6445 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 6446 | |
| 6447 | // @protocol name |
| 6448 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "protocol" )); |
| 6449 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 6450 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("protocol" ); |
| 6451 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 6452 | |
| 6453 | // @implementation name |
| 6454 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "implementation" )); |
| 6455 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 6456 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("class" ); |
| 6457 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 6458 | } |
| 6459 | |
| 6460 | // @compatibility_alias name |
| 6461 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 6462 | OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "compatibility_alias" )); |
| 6463 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 6464 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("alias" ); |
| 6465 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 6466 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("class" ); |
| 6467 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 6468 | |
| 6469 | if (Results.getSema().getLangOpts().Modules) { |
| 6470 | // @import name |
| 6471 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "import" )); |
| 6472 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 6473 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("module" ); |
| 6474 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 6475 | } |
| 6476 | } |
| 6477 | |
| 6478 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S) { |
| 6479 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 6480 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 6481 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
| 6482 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 6483 | if (isa<ObjCImplDecl>(CurContext)) |
| 6484 | AddObjCImplementationResults(getLangOpts(), Results, false); |
| 6485 | else if (CurContext->isObjCContainer()) |
| 6486 | AddObjCInterfaceResults(getLangOpts(), Results, false); |
| 6487 | else |
| 6488 | AddObjCTopLevelResults(Results, false); |
| 6489 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 6490 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 6491 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 6492 | } |
| 6493 | |
| 6494 | static void AddObjCExpressionResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) { |
| 6495 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 6496 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 6497 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 6498 | |
| 6499 | // @encode ( type-name ) |
| 6500 | const char *EncodeType = "char[]" ; |
| 6501 | if (Results.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || |
| 6502 | Results.getSema().getLangOpts().ConstStrings) |
| 6503 | EncodeType = "const char[]" ; |
| 6504 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(EncodeType); |
| 6505 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "encode" )); |
| 6506 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 6507 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type-name" ); |
| 6508 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 6509 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 6510 | |
| 6511 | // @protocol ( protocol-name ) |
| 6512 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("Protocol *" ); |
| 6513 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "protocol" )); |
| 6514 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 6515 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("protocol-name" ); |
| 6516 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 6517 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 6518 | |
| 6519 | // @selector ( selector ) |
| 6520 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("SEL" ); |
| 6521 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "selector" )); |
| 6522 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 6523 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("selector" ); |
| 6524 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 6525 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 6526 | |
| 6527 | // @"string" |
| 6528 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("NSString *" ); |
| 6529 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "\"" )); |
| 6530 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("string" ); |
| 6531 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\"" ); |
| 6532 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 6533 | |
| 6534 | // @[objects, ...] |
| 6535 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("NSArray *" ); |
| 6536 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "[" )); |
| 6537 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("objects, ..." ); |
| 6538 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket); |
| 6539 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 6540 | |
| 6541 | // @{key : object, ...} |
| 6542 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("NSDictionary *" ); |
| 6543 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "{" )); |
| 6544 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("key" ); |
| 6545 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); |
| 6546 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 6547 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object, ..." ); |
| 6548 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 6549 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 6550 | |
| 6551 | // @(expression) |
| 6552 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("id" ); |
| 6553 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "(" )); |
| 6554 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 6555 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 6556 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 6557 | } |
| 6558 | |
| 6559 | static void AddObjCStatementResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) { |
| 6560 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 6561 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 6562 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 6563 | |
| 6564 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
| 6565 | // @try { statements } @catch ( declaration ) { statements } @finally |
| 6566 | // { statements } |
| 6567 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "try" )); |
| 6568 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 6569 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements" ); |
| 6570 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 6571 | Builder.AddTextChunk("@catch" ); |
| 6572 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 6573 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameter" ); |
| 6574 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 6575 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 6576 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements" ); |
| 6577 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 6578 | Builder.AddTextChunk("@finally" ); |
| 6579 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 6580 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements" ); |
| 6581 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 6582 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 6583 | } |
| 6584 | |
| 6585 | // @throw |
| 6586 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "throw" )); |
| 6587 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 6588 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 6589 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 6590 | |
| 6591 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
| 6592 | // @synchronized ( expression ) { statements } |
| 6593 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "synchronized" )); |
| 6594 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 6595 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 6596 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 6597 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 6598 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 6599 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements" ); |
| 6600 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 6601 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 6602 | } |
| 6603 | } |
| 6604 | |
| 6605 | static void AddObjCVisibilityResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
| 6606 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) { |
| 6607 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 6608 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "private" ))); |
| 6609 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "protected" ))); |
| 6610 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "public" ))); |
| 6611 | if (LangOpts.ObjC) |
| 6612 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "package" ))); |
| 6613 | } |
| 6614 | |
| 6615 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S) { |
| 6616 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 6617 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 6618 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
| 6619 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 6620 | AddObjCVisibilityResults(getLangOpts(), Results, false); |
| 6621 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 6622 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 6623 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 6624 | } |
| 6625 | |
| 6626 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S) { |
| 6627 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 6628 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 6629 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
| 6630 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 6631 | AddObjCStatementResults(Results, false); |
| 6632 | AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, false); |
| 6633 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 6634 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 6635 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 6636 | } |
| 6637 | |
| 6638 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S) { |
| 6639 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 6640 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 6641 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
| 6642 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 6643 | AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, false); |
| 6644 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 6645 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 6646 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 6647 | } |
| 6648 | |
| 6649 | /// Determine whether the addition of the given flag to an Objective-C |
| 6650 | /// property's attributes will cause a conflict. |
| 6651 | static bool ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(unsigned Attributes, unsigned NewFlag) { |
| 6652 | // Check if we've already added this flag. |
| 6653 | if (Attributes & NewFlag) |
| 6654 | return true; |
| 6655 | |
| 6656 | Attributes |= NewFlag; |
| 6657 | |
| 6658 | // Check for collisions with "readonly". |
| 6659 | if ((Attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readonly) && |
| 6660 | (Attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readwrite)) |
| 6661 | return true; |
| 6662 | |
| 6663 | // Check for more than one of { assign, copy, retain, strong, weak }. |
| 6664 | unsigned AssignCopyRetMask = |
| 6665 | Attributes & |
| 6666 | (ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_assign | |
| 6667 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_unsafe_unretained | |
| 6668 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_copy | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_retain | |
| 6669 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_strong | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_weak); |
| 6670 | if (AssignCopyRetMask && |
| 6671 | AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_assign && |
| 6672 | AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_unsafe_unretained && |
| 6673 | AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_copy && |
| 6674 | AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_retain && |
| 6675 | AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_strong && |
| 6676 | AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_weak) |
| 6677 | return true; |
| 6678 | |
| 6679 | return false; |
| 6680 | } |
| 6681 | |
| 6682 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS) { |
| 6683 | if (!CodeCompleter) |
| 6684 | return; |
| 6685 | |
| 6686 | unsigned Attributes = ODS.getPropertyAttributes(); |
| 6687 | |
| 6688 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 6689 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 6690 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
| 6691 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 6692 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, |
| 6693 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readonly)) |
| 6694 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("readonly" )); |
| 6695 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, |
| 6696 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_assign)) |
| 6697 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("assign" )); |
| 6698 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, |
| 6699 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_unsafe_unretained)) |
| 6700 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("unsafe_unretained" )); |
| 6701 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, |
| 6702 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readwrite)) |
| 6703 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("readwrite" )); |
| 6704 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, |
| 6705 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_retain)) |
| 6706 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("retain" )); |
| 6707 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, |
| 6708 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_strong)) |
| 6709 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("strong" )); |
| 6710 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_copy)) |
| 6711 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("copy" )); |
| 6712 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, |
| 6713 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_nonatomic)) |
| 6714 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("nonatomic" )); |
| 6715 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, |
| 6716 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_atomic)) |
| 6717 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("atomic" )); |
| 6718 | |
| 6719 | // Only suggest "weak" if we're compiling for ARC-with-weak-references or GC. |
| 6720 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCWeak || getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) |
| 6721 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, |
| 6722 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_weak)) |
| 6723 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("weak" )); |
| 6724 | |
| 6725 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, |
| 6726 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_setter)) { |
| 6727 | CodeCompletionBuilder Setter(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 6728 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 6729 | Setter.AddTypedTextChunk("setter" ); |
| 6730 | Setter.AddTextChunk("=" ); |
| 6731 | Setter.AddPlaceholderChunk("method" ); |
| 6732 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Setter.TakeString())); |
| 6733 | } |
| 6734 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, |
| 6735 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_getter)) { |
| 6736 | CodeCompletionBuilder Getter(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 6737 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 6738 | Getter.AddTypedTextChunk("getter" ); |
| 6739 | Getter.AddTextChunk("=" ); |
| 6740 | Getter.AddPlaceholderChunk("method" ); |
| 6741 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Getter.TakeString())); |
| 6742 | } |
| 6743 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, |
| 6744 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_nullability)) { |
| 6745 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("nonnull" )); |
| 6746 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("nullable" )); |
| 6747 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("null_unspecified" )); |
| 6748 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("null_resettable" )); |
| 6749 | } |
| 6750 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 6751 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 6752 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 6753 | } |
| 6754 | |
| 6755 | /// Describes the kind of Objective-C method that we want to find |
| 6756 | /// via code completion. |
| 6757 | enum ObjCMethodKind { |
| 6758 | MK_Any, ///< Any kind of method, provided it means other specified criteria. |
| 6759 | MK_ZeroArgSelector, ///< Zero-argument (unary) selector. |
| 6760 | MK_OneArgSelector ///< One-argument selector. |
| 6761 | }; |
| 6762 | |
| 6763 | static bool isAcceptableObjCSelector(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodKind WantKind, |
| 6764 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
| 6765 | bool AllowSameLength = true) { |
| 6766 | unsigned NumSelIdents = SelIdents.size(); |
| 6767 | if (NumSelIdents > Sel.getNumArgs()) |
| 6768 | return false; |
| 6769 | |
| 6770 | switch (WantKind) { |
| 6771 | case MK_Any: |
| 6772 | break; |
| 6773 | case MK_ZeroArgSelector: |
| 6774 | return Sel.isUnarySelector(); |
| 6775 | case MK_OneArgSelector: |
| 6776 | return Sel.getNumArgs() == 1; |
| 6777 | } |
| 6778 | |
| 6779 | if (!AllowSameLength && NumSelIdents && NumSelIdents == Sel.getNumArgs()) |
| 6780 | return false; |
| 6781 | |
| 6782 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumSelIdents; ++I) |
| 6783 | if (SelIdents[I] != Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(I)) |
| 6784 | return false; |
| 6785 | |
| 6786 | return true; |
| 6787 | } |
| 6788 | |
| 6789 | static bool isAcceptableObjCMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
| 6790 | ObjCMethodKind WantKind, |
| 6791 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
| 6792 | bool AllowSameLength = true) { |
| 6793 | return isAcceptableObjCSelector(Method->getSelector(), WantKind, SelIdents, |
| 6794 | AllowSameLength); |
| 6795 | } |
| 6796 | |
| 6797 | /// A set of selectors, which is used to avoid introducing multiple |
| 6798 | /// completions with the same selector into the result set. |
| 6799 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 16> VisitedSelectorSet; |
| 6800 | |
| 6801 | /// Add all of the Objective-C methods in the given Objective-C |
| 6802 | /// container to the set of results. |
| 6803 | /// |
| 6804 | /// The container will be a class, protocol, category, or implementation of |
| 6805 | /// any of the above. This mether will recurse to include methods from |
| 6806 | /// the superclasses of classes along with their categories, protocols, and |
| 6807 | /// implementations. |
| 6808 | /// |
| 6809 | /// \param Container the container in which we'll look to find methods. |
| 6810 | /// |
| 6811 | /// \param WantInstanceMethods Whether to add instance methods (only); if |
| 6812 | /// false, this routine will add factory methods (only). |
| 6813 | /// |
| 6814 | /// \param CurContext the context in which we're performing the lookup that |
| 6815 | /// finds methods. |
| 6816 | /// |
| 6817 | /// \param AllowSameLength Whether we allow a method to be added to the list |
| 6818 | /// when it has the same number of parameters as we have selector identifiers. |
| 6819 | /// |
| 6820 | /// \param Results the structure into which we'll add results. |
| 6821 | static void AddObjCMethods(ObjCContainerDecl *Container, |
| 6822 | bool WantInstanceMethods, ObjCMethodKind WantKind, |
| 6823 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
| 6824 | DeclContext *CurContext, |
| 6825 | VisitedSelectorSet &Selectors, bool AllowSameLength, |
| 6826 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool InOriginalClass = true, |
| 6827 | bool IsRootClass = false) { |
| 6828 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 6829 | Container = getContainerDef(Container); |
| 6830 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container); |
| 6831 | IsRootClass = IsRootClass || (IFace && !IFace->getSuperClass()); |
| 6832 | for (ObjCMethodDecl *M : Container->methods()) { |
| 6833 | // The instance methods on the root class can be messaged via the |
| 6834 | // metaclass. |
| 6835 | if (M->isInstanceMethod() == WantInstanceMethods || |
| 6836 | (IsRootClass && !WantInstanceMethods)) { |
| 6837 | // Check whether the selector identifiers we've been given are a |
| 6838 | // subset of the identifiers for this particular method. |
| 6839 | if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(M, WantKind, SelIdents, AllowSameLength)) |
| 6840 | continue; |
| 6841 | |
| 6842 | if (!Selectors.insert(M->getSelector()).second) |
| 6843 | continue; |
| 6844 | |
| 6845 | Result R = Result(M, Results.getBasePriority(M), nullptr); |
| 6846 | R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size(); |
| 6847 | R.AllParametersAreInformative = (WantKind != MK_Any); |
| 6848 | if (!InOriginalClass) |
| 6849 | setInBaseClass(R); |
| 6850 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); |
| 6851 | } |
| 6852 | } |
| 6853 | |
| 6854 | // Visit the protocols of protocols. |
| 6855 | if (const auto *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) { |
| 6856 | if (Protocol->hasDefinition()) { |
| 6857 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols = |
| 6858 | Protocol->getReferencedProtocols(); |
| 6859 | for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(), |
| 6860 | E = Protocols.end(); |
| 6861 | I != E; ++I) |
| 6862 | AddObjCMethods(*I, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext, |
| 6863 | Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, false, IsRootClass); |
| 6864 | } |
| 6865 | } |
| 6866 | |
| 6867 | if (!IFace || !IFace->hasDefinition()) |
| 6868 | return; |
| 6869 | |
| 6870 | // Add methods in protocols. |
| 6871 | for (ObjCProtocolDecl *I : IFace->protocols()) |
| 6872 | AddObjCMethods(I, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext, |
| 6873 | Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, false, IsRootClass); |
| 6874 | |
| 6875 | // Add methods in categories. |
| 6876 | for (ObjCCategoryDecl *CatDecl : IFace->known_categories()) { |
| 6877 | AddObjCMethods(CatDecl, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, |
| 6878 | CurContext, Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, |
| 6879 | InOriginalClass, IsRootClass); |
| 6880 | |
| 6881 | // Add a categories protocol methods. |
| 6882 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols = |
| 6883 | CatDecl->getReferencedProtocols(); |
| 6884 | for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(), |
| 6885 | E = Protocols.end(); |
| 6886 | I != E; ++I) |
| 6887 | AddObjCMethods(*I, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext, |
| 6888 | Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, false, IsRootClass); |
| 6889 | |
| 6890 | // Add methods in category implementations. |
| 6891 | if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *Impl = CatDecl->getImplementation()) |
| 6892 | AddObjCMethods(Impl, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext, |
| 6893 | Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, InOriginalClass, |
| 6894 | IsRootClass); |
| 6895 | } |
| 6896 | |
| 6897 | // Add methods in superclass. |
| 6898 | // Avoid passing in IsRootClass since root classes won't have super classes. |
| 6899 | if (IFace->getSuperClass()) |
| 6900 | AddObjCMethods(IFace->getSuperClass(), WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, |
| 6901 | SelIdents, CurContext, Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, |
| 6902 | /*IsRootClass=*/false); |
| 6903 | |
| 6904 | // Add methods in our implementation, if any. |
| 6905 | if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl = IFace->getImplementation()) |
| 6906 | AddObjCMethods(Impl, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext, |
| 6907 | Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, InOriginalClass, |
| 6908 | IsRootClass); |
| 6909 | } |
| 6910 | |
| 6911 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S) { |
| 6912 | // Try to find the interface where getters might live. |
| 6913 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); |
| 6914 | if (!Class) { |
| 6915 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = |
| 6916 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) |
| 6917 | Class = Category->getClassInterface(); |
| 6918 | |
| 6919 | if (!Class) |
| 6920 | return; |
| 6921 | } |
| 6922 | |
| 6923 | // Find all of the potential getters. |
| 6924 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 6925 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 6926 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
| 6927 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 6928 | |
| 6929 | VisitedSelectorSet Selectors; |
| 6930 | AddObjCMethods(Class, true, MK_ZeroArgSelector, None, CurContext, Selectors, |
| 6931 | /*AllowSameLength=*/true, Results); |
| 6932 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 6933 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 6934 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 6935 | } |
| 6936 | |
| 6937 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S) { |
| 6938 | // Try to find the interface where setters might live. |
| 6939 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); |
| 6940 | if (!Class) { |
| 6941 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = |
| 6942 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) |
| 6943 | Class = Category->getClassInterface(); |
| 6944 | |
| 6945 | if (!Class) |
| 6946 | return; |
| 6947 | } |
| 6948 | |
| 6949 | // Find all of the potential getters. |
| 6950 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 6951 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 6952 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
| 6953 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 6954 | |
| 6955 | VisitedSelectorSet Selectors; |
| 6956 | AddObjCMethods(Class, true, MK_OneArgSelector, None, CurContext, Selectors, |
| 6957 | /*AllowSameLength=*/true, Results); |
| 6958 | |
| 6959 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 6960 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 6961 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 6962 | } |
| 6963 | |
| 6964 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, |
| 6965 | bool IsParameter) { |
| 6966 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 6967 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 6968 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type); |
| 6969 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 6970 | |
| 6971 | // Add context-sensitive, Objective-C parameter-passing keywords. |
| 6972 | bool AddedInOut = false; |
| 6973 | if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() & |
| 6974 | (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_In | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Inout)) == 0) { |
| 6975 | Results.AddResult("in" ); |
| 6976 | Results.AddResult("inout" ); |
| 6977 | AddedInOut = true; |
| 6978 | } |
| 6979 | if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() & |
| 6980 | (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Out | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Inout)) == 0) { |
| 6981 | Results.AddResult("out" ); |
| 6982 | if (!AddedInOut) |
| 6983 | Results.AddResult("inout" ); |
| 6984 | } |
| 6985 | if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() & |
| 6986 | (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Bycopy | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Byref | |
| 6987 | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Oneway)) == 0) { |
| 6988 | Results.AddResult("bycopy" ); |
| 6989 | Results.AddResult("byref" ); |
| 6990 | Results.AddResult("oneway" ); |
| 6991 | } |
| 6992 | if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() & ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_CSNullability) == 0) { |
| 6993 | Results.AddResult("nonnull" ); |
| 6994 | Results.AddResult("nullable" ); |
| 6995 | Results.AddResult("null_unspecified" ); |
| 6996 | } |
| 6997 | |
| 6998 | // If we're completing the return type of an Objective-C method and the |
| 6999 | // identifier IBAction refers to a macro, provide a completion item for |
| 7000 | // an action, e.g., |
| 7001 | // IBAction)<#selector#>:(id)sender |
| 7002 | if (DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() == 0 && !IsParameter && |
| 7003 | PP.isMacroDefined("IBAction" )) { |
| 7004 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 7005 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 7006 | CCP_CodePattern, CXAvailability_Available); |
| 7007 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("IBAction" ); |
| 7008 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 7009 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("selector" ); |
| 7010 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); |
| 7011 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 7012 | Builder.AddTextChunk("id" ); |
| 7013 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 7014 | Builder.AddTextChunk("sender" ); |
| 7015 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 7016 | } |
| 7017 | |
| 7018 | // If we're completing the return type, provide 'instancetype'. |
| 7019 | if (!IsParameter) { |
| 7020 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("instancetype" )); |
| 7021 | } |
| 7022 | |
| 7023 | // Add various builtin type names and specifiers. |
| 7024 | AddOrdinaryNameResults(PCC_Type, S, *this, Results); |
| 7025 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 7026 | |
| 7027 | // Add the various type names |
| 7028 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName); |
| 7029 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
| 7030 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
| 7031 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
| 7032 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 7033 | |
| 7034 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) |
| 7035 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false); |
| 7036 | |
| 7037 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 7038 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 7039 | } |
| 7040 | |
| 7041 | /// When we have an expression with type "id", we may assume |
| 7042 | /// that it has some more-specific class type based on knowledge of |
| 7043 | /// common uses of Objective-C. This routine returns that class type, |
| 7044 | /// or NULL if no better result could be determined. |
| 7045 | static ObjCInterfaceDecl *GetAssumedMessageSendExprType(Expr *E) { |
| 7046 | auto *Msg = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMessageExpr>(E); |
| 7047 | if (!Msg) |
| 7048 | return nullptr; |
| 7049 | |
| 7050 | Selector Sel = Msg->getSelector(); |
| 7051 | if (Sel.isNull()) |
| 7052 | return nullptr; |
| 7053 | |
| 7054 | IdentifierInfo *Id = Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0); |
| 7055 | if (!Id) |
| 7056 | return nullptr; |
| 7057 | |
| 7058 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = Msg->getMethodDecl(); |
| 7059 | if (!Method) |
| 7060 | return nullptr; |
| 7061 | |
| 7062 | // Determine the class that we're sending the message to. |
| 7063 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr; |
| 7064 | switch (Msg->getReceiverKind()) { |
| 7065 | case ObjCMessageExpr::Class: |
| 7066 | if (const ObjCObjectType *ObjType = |
| 7067 | Msg->getClassReceiver()->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) |
| 7068 | IFace = ObjType->getInterface(); |
| 7069 | break; |
| 7070 | |
| 7071 | case ObjCMessageExpr::Instance: { |
| 7072 | QualType T = Msg->getInstanceReceiver()->getType(); |
| 7073 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
| 7074 | IFace = Ptr->getInterfaceDecl(); |
| 7075 | break; |
| 7076 | } |
| 7077 | |
| 7078 | case ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance: |
| 7079 | case ObjCMessageExpr::SuperClass: |
| 7080 | break; |
| 7081 | } |
| 7082 | |
| 7083 | if (!IFace) |
| 7084 | return nullptr; |
| 7085 | |
| 7086 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = IFace->getSuperClass(); |
| 7087 | if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) |
| 7088 | return llvm::StringSwitch<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(Id->getName()) |
| 7089 | .Case("retain" , IFace) |
| 7090 | .Case("strong" , IFace) |
| 7091 | .Case("autorelease" , IFace) |
| 7092 | .Case("copy" , IFace) |
| 7093 | .Case("copyWithZone" , IFace) |
| 7094 | .Case("mutableCopy" , IFace) |
| 7095 | .Case("mutableCopyWithZone" , IFace) |
| 7096 | .Case("awakeFromCoder" , IFace) |
| 7097 | .Case("replacementObjectFromCoder" , IFace) |
| 7098 | .Case("class" , IFace) |
| 7099 | .Case("classForCoder" , IFace) |
| 7100 | .Case("superclass" , Super) |
| 7101 | .Default(nullptr); |
| 7102 | |
| 7103 | return llvm::StringSwitch<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(Id->getName()) |
| 7104 | .Case("new" , IFace) |
| 7105 | .Case("alloc" , IFace) |
| 7106 | .Case("allocWithZone" , IFace) |
| 7107 | .Case("class" , IFace) |
| 7108 | .Case("superclass" , Super) |
| 7109 | .Default(nullptr); |
| 7110 | } |
| 7111 | |
| 7112 | // Add a special completion for a message send to "super", which fills in the |
| 7113 | // most likely case of forwarding all of our arguments to the superclass |
| 7114 | // function. |
| 7115 | /// |
| 7116 | /// \param S The semantic analysis object. |
| 7117 | /// |
| 7118 | /// \param NeedSuperKeyword Whether we need to prefix this completion with |
| 7119 | /// the "super" keyword. Otherwise, we just need to provide the arguments. |
| 7120 | /// |
| 7121 | /// \param SelIdents The identifiers in the selector that have already been |
| 7122 | /// provided as arguments for a send to "super". |
| 7123 | /// |
| 7124 | /// \param Results The set of results to augment. |
| 7125 | /// |
| 7126 | /// \returns the Objective-C method declaration that would be invoked by |
| 7127 | /// this "super" completion. If NULL, no completion was added. |
| 7128 | static ObjCMethodDecl * |
| 7129 | AddSuperSendCompletion(Sema &S, bool NeedSuperKeyword, |
| 7130 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
| 7131 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
| 7132 | ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = S.getCurMethodDecl(); |
| 7133 | if (!CurMethod) |
| 7134 | return nullptr; |
| 7135 | |
| 7136 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = CurMethod->getClassInterface(); |
| 7137 | if (!Class) |
| 7138 | return nullptr; |
| 7139 | |
| 7140 | // Try to find a superclass method with the same selector. |
| 7141 | ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod = nullptr; |
| 7142 | while ((Class = Class->getSuperClass()) && !SuperMethod) { |
| 7143 | // Check in the class |
| 7144 | SuperMethod = Class->getMethod(CurMethod->getSelector(), |
| 7145 | CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()); |
| 7146 | |
| 7147 | // Check in categories or class extensions. |
| 7148 | if (!SuperMethod) { |
| 7149 | for (const auto *Cat : Class->known_categories()) { |
| 7150 | if ((SuperMethod = Cat->getMethod(CurMethod->getSelector(), |
| 7151 | CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()))) |
| 7152 | break; |
| 7153 | } |
| 7154 | } |
| 7155 | } |
| 7156 | |
| 7157 | if (!SuperMethod) |
| 7158 | return nullptr; |
| 7159 | |
| 7160 | // Check whether the superclass method has the same signature. |
| 7161 | if (CurMethod->param_size() != SuperMethod->param_size() || |
| 7162 | CurMethod->isVariadic() != SuperMethod->isVariadic()) |
| 7163 | return nullptr; |
| 7164 | |
| 7165 | for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator CurP = CurMethod->param_begin(), |
| 7166 | CurPEnd = CurMethod->param_end(), |
| 7167 | SuperP = SuperMethod->param_begin(); |
| 7168 | CurP != CurPEnd; ++CurP, ++SuperP) { |
| 7169 | // Make sure the parameter types are compatible. |
| 7170 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType((*CurP)->getType(), |
| 7171 | (*SuperP)->getType())) |
| 7172 | return nullptr; |
| 7173 | |
| 7174 | // Make sure we have a parameter name to forward! |
| 7175 | if (!(*CurP)->getIdentifier()) |
| 7176 | return nullptr; |
| 7177 | } |
| 7178 | |
| 7179 | // We have a superclass method. Now, form the send-to-super completion. |
| 7180 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 7181 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 7182 | |
| 7183 | // Give this completion a return type. |
| 7184 | AddResultTypeChunk(S.Context, getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S), SuperMethod, |
| 7185 | Results.getCompletionContext().getBaseType(), Builder); |
| 7186 | |
| 7187 | // If we need the "super" keyword, add it (plus some spacing). |
| 7188 | if (NeedSuperKeyword) { |
| 7189 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("super" ); |
| 7190 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 7191 | } |
| 7192 | |
| 7193 | Selector Sel = CurMethod->getSelector(); |
| 7194 | if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) { |
| 7195 | if (NeedSuperKeyword) |
| 7196 | Builder.AddTextChunk( |
| 7197 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0))); |
| 7198 | else |
| 7199 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 7200 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0))); |
| 7201 | } else { |
| 7202 | ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator CurP = CurMethod->param_begin(); |
| 7203 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Sel.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I, ++CurP) { |
| 7204 | if (I > SelIdents.size()) |
| 7205 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 7206 | |
| 7207 | if (I < SelIdents.size()) |
| 7208 | Builder.AddInformativeChunk( |
| 7209 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":" )); |
| 7210 | else if (NeedSuperKeyword || I > SelIdents.size()) { |
| 7211 | Builder.AddTextChunk( |
| 7212 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":" )); |
| 7213 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString( |
| 7214 | (*CurP)->getIdentifier()->getName())); |
| 7215 | } else { |
| 7216 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 7217 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":" )); |
| 7218 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString( |
| 7219 | (*CurP)->getIdentifier()->getName())); |
| 7220 | } |
| 7221 | } |
| 7222 | } |
| 7223 | |
| 7224 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString(), SuperMethod, |
| 7225 | CCP_SuperCompletion)); |
| 7226 | return SuperMethod; |
| 7227 | } |
| 7228 | |
| 7229 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S) { |
| 7230 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 7231 | ResultBuilder Results( |
| 7232 | *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 7233 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 7234 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver, |
| 7235 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 |
| 7236 | ? &ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture |
| 7237 | : &ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiver); |
| 7238 | |
| 7239 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
| 7240 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 7241 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
| 7242 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
| 7243 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 7244 | |
| 7245 | // If we are in an Objective-C method inside a class that has a superclass, |
| 7246 | // add "super" as an option. |
| 7247 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = getCurMethodDecl()) |
| 7248 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Iface = Method->getClassInterface()) |
| 7249 | if (Iface->getSuperClass()) { |
| 7250 | Results.AddResult(Result("super" )); |
| 7251 | |
| 7252 | AddSuperSendCompletion(*this, /*NeedSuperKeyword=*/true, None, Results); |
| 7253 | } |
| 7254 | |
| 7255 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) |
| 7256 | addThisCompletion(*this, Results); |
| 7257 | |
| 7258 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 7259 | |
| 7260 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) |
| 7261 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false); |
| 7262 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 7263 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 7264 | } |
| 7265 | |
| 7266 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
| 7267 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
| 7268 | bool AtArgumentExpression) { |
| 7269 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl = nullptr; |
| 7270 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl()) { |
| 7271 | // Figure out which interface we're in. |
| 7272 | CDecl = CurMethod->getClassInterface(); |
| 7273 | if (!CDecl) |
| 7274 | return; |
| 7275 | |
| 7276 | // Find the superclass of this class. |
| 7277 | CDecl = CDecl->getSuperClass(); |
| 7278 | if (!CDecl) |
| 7279 | return; |
| 7280 | |
| 7281 | if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) { |
| 7282 | // We are inside an instance method, which means that the message |
| 7283 | // send [super ...] is actually calling an instance method on the |
| 7284 | // current object. |
| 7285 | return CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, nullptr, SelIdents, |
| 7286 | AtArgumentExpression, CDecl); |
| 7287 | } |
| 7288 | |
| 7289 | // Fall through to send to the superclass in CDecl. |
| 7290 | } else { |
| 7291 | // "super" may be the name of a type or variable. Figure out which |
| 7292 | // it is. |
| 7293 | IdentifierInfo *Super = getSuperIdentifier(); |
| 7294 | NamedDecl *ND = LookupSingleName(S, Super, SuperLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
| 7295 | if ((CDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND))) { |
| 7296 | // "super" names an interface. Use it. |
| 7297 | } else if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast_or_null<TypeDecl>(ND)) { |
| 7298 | if (const ObjCObjectType *Iface = |
| 7299 | Context.getTypeDeclType(TD)->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) |
| 7300 | CDecl = Iface->getInterface(); |
| 7301 | } else if (ND && isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(ND)) { |
| 7302 | // "super" names an unresolved type; we can't be more specific. |
| 7303 | } else { |
| 7304 | // Assume that "super" names some kind of value and parse that way. |
| 7305 | CXXScopeSpec SS; |
| 7306 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc; |
| 7307 | UnqualifiedId id; |
| 7308 | id.setIdentifier(Super, SuperLoc); |
| 7309 | ExprResult SuperExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SS, TemplateKWLoc, id, |
| 7310 | /*HasTrailingLParen=*/false, |
| 7311 | /*IsAddressOfOperand=*/false); |
| 7312 | return CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, (Expr *)SuperExpr.get(), |
| 7313 | SelIdents, AtArgumentExpression); |
| 7314 | } |
| 7315 | |
| 7316 | // Fall through |
| 7317 | } |
| 7318 | |
| 7319 | ParsedType Receiver; |
| 7320 | if (CDecl) |
| 7321 | Receiver = ParsedType::make(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(CDecl)); |
| 7322 | return CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(S, Receiver, SelIdents, |
| 7323 | AtArgumentExpression, |
| 7324 | /*IsSuper=*/true); |
| 7325 | } |
| 7326 | |
| 7327 | /// Given a set of code-completion results for the argument of a message |
| 7328 | /// send, determine the preferred type (if any) for that argument expression. |
| 7329 | static QualType getPreferredArgumentTypeForMessageSend(ResultBuilder &Results, |
| 7330 | unsigned NumSelIdents) { |
| 7331 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 7332 | ASTContext &Context = Results.getSema().Context; |
| 7333 | |
| 7334 | QualType PreferredType; |
| 7335 | unsigned BestPriority = CCP_Unlikely * 2; |
| 7336 | Result *ResultsData = Results.data(); |
| 7337 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Results.size(); I != N; ++I) { |
| 7338 | Result &R = ResultsData[I]; |
| 7339 | if (R.Kind == Result::RK_Declaration && |
| 7340 | isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(R.Declaration)) { |
| 7341 | if (R.Priority <= BestPriority) { |
| 7342 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(R.Declaration); |
| 7343 | if (NumSelIdents <= Method->param_size()) { |
| 7344 | QualType MyPreferredType = |
| 7345 | Method->parameters()[NumSelIdents - 1]->getType(); |
| 7346 | if (R.Priority < BestPriority || PreferredType.isNull()) { |
| 7347 | BestPriority = R.Priority; |
| 7348 | PreferredType = MyPreferredType; |
| 7349 | } else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PreferredType, |
| 7350 | MyPreferredType)) { |
| 7351 | PreferredType = QualType(); |
| 7352 | } |
| 7353 | } |
| 7354 | } |
| 7355 | } |
| 7356 | } |
| 7357 | |
| 7358 | return PreferredType; |
| 7359 | } |
| 7360 | |
| 7361 | static void AddClassMessageCompletions(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, |
| 7362 | ParsedType Receiver, |
| 7363 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
| 7364 | bool AtArgumentExpression, bool IsSuper, |
| 7365 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
| 7366 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 7367 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl = nullptr; |
| 7368 | |
| 7369 | // If the given name refers to an interface type, retrieve the |
| 7370 | // corresponding declaration. |
| 7371 | if (Receiver) { |
| 7372 | QualType T = SemaRef.GetTypeFromParser(Receiver, nullptr); |
| 7373 | if (!T.isNull()) |
| 7374 | if (const ObjCObjectType *Interface = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) |
| 7375 | CDecl = Interface->getInterface(); |
| 7376 | } |
| 7377 | |
| 7378 | // Add all of the factory methods in this Objective-C class, its protocols, |
| 7379 | // superclasses, categories, implementation, etc. |
| 7380 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 7381 | |
| 7382 | // If this is a send-to-super, try to add the special "super" send |
| 7383 | // completion. |
| 7384 | if (IsSuper) { |
| 7385 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod = |
| 7386 | AddSuperSendCompletion(SemaRef, false, SelIdents, Results)) |
| 7387 | Results.Ignore(SuperMethod); |
| 7388 | } |
| 7389 | |
| 7390 | // If we're inside an Objective-C method definition, prefer its selector to |
| 7391 | // others. |
| 7392 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) |
| 7393 | Results.setPreferredSelector(CurMethod->getSelector()); |
| 7394 | |
| 7395 | VisitedSelectorSet Selectors; |
| 7396 | if (CDecl) |
| 7397 | AddObjCMethods(CDecl, false, MK_Any, SelIdents, SemaRef.CurContext, |
| 7398 | Selectors, AtArgumentExpression, Results); |
| 7399 | else { |
| 7400 | // We're messaging "id" as a type; provide all class/factory methods. |
| 7401 | |
| 7402 | // If we have an external source, load the entire class method |
| 7403 | // pool from the AST file. |
| 7404 | if (SemaRef.getExternalSource()) { |
| 7405 | for (uint32_t I = 0, |
| 7406 | N = SemaRef.getExternalSource()->GetNumExternalSelectors(); |
| 7407 | I != N; ++I) { |
| 7408 | Selector Sel = SemaRef.getExternalSource()->GetExternalSelector(I); |
| 7409 | if (Sel.isNull() || SemaRef.MethodPool.count(Sel)) |
| 7410 | continue; |
| 7411 | |
| 7412 | SemaRef.ReadMethodPool(Sel); |
| 7413 | } |
| 7414 | } |
| 7415 | |
| 7416 | for (Sema::GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = SemaRef.MethodPool.begin(), |
| 7417 | MEnd = SemaRef.MethodPool.end(); |
| 7418 | M != MEnd; ++M) { |
| 7419 | for (ObjCMethodList *MethList = &M->second.second; |
| 7420 | MethList && MethList->getMethod(); MethList = MethList->getNext()) { |
| 7421 | if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(MethList->getMethod(), MK_Any, SelIdents)) |
| 7422 | continue; |
| 7423 | |
| 7424 | Result R(MethList->getMethod(), |
| 7425 | Results.getBasePriority(MethList->getMethod()), nullptr); |
| 7426 | R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size(); |
| 7427 | R.AllParametersAreInformative = false; |
| 7428 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, SemaRef.CurContext); |
| 7429 | } |
| 7430 | } |
| 7431 | } |
| 7432 | |
| 7433 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 7434 | } |
| 7435 | |
| 7436 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, |
| 7437 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
| 7438 | bool AtArgumentExpression, |
| 7439 | bool IsSuper) { |
| 7440 | |
| 7441 | QualType T = this->GetTypeFromParser(Receiver); |
| 7442 | |
| 7443 | ResultBuilder Results( |
| 7444 | *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 7445 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 7446 | CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCClassMessage, T, |
| 7447 | SelIdents)); |
| 7448 | |
| 7449 | AddClassMessageCompletions(*this, S, Receiver, SelIdents, |
| 7450 | AtArgumentExpression, IsSuper, Results); |
| 7451 | |
| 7452 | // If we're actually at the argument expression (rather than prior to the |
| 7453 | // selector), we're actually performing code completion for an expression. |
| 7454 | // Determine whether we have a single, best method. If so, we can |
| 7455 | // code-complete the expression using the corresponding parameter type as |
| 7456 | // our preferred type, improving completion results. |
| 7457 | if (AtArgumentExpression) { |
| 7458 | QualType PreferredType = |
| 7459 | getPreferredArgumentTypeForMessageSend(Results, SelIdents.size()); |
| 7460 | if (PreferredType.isNull()) |
| 7461 | CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, PCC_Expression); |
| 7462 | else |
| 7463 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType); |
| 7464 | return; |
| 7465 | } |
| 7466 | |
| 7467 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 7468 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 7469 | } |
| 7470 | |
| 7471 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, |
| 7472 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
| 7473 | bool AtArgumentExpression, |
| 7474 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super) { |
| 7475 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 7476 | |
| 7477 | Expr *RecExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Receiver); |
| 7478 | |
| 7479 | // If necessary, apply function/array conversion to the receiver. |
| 7480 | // C99 6.7.5.3p[7,8]. |
| 7481 | if (RecExpr) { |
| 7482 | ExprResult Conv = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RecExpr); |
| 7483 | if (Conv.isInvalid()) // conversion failed. bail. |
| 7484 | return; |
| 7485 | RecExpr = Conv.get(); |
| 7486 | } |
| 7487 | QualType ReceiverType = RecExpr |
| 7488 | ? RecExpr->getType() |
| 7489 | : Super ? Context.getObjCObjectPointerType( |
| 7490 | Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Super)) |
| 7491 | : Context.getObjCIdType(); |
| 7492 | |
| 7493 | // If we're messaging an expression with type "id" or "Class", check |
| 7494 | // whether we know something special about the receiver that allows |
| 7495 | // us to assume a more-specific receiver type. |
| 7496 | if (ReceiverType->isObjCIdType() || ReceiverType->isObjCClassType()) { |
| 7497 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = GetAssumedMessageSendExprType(RecExpr)) { |
| 7498 | if (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType()) |
| 7499 | return CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage( |
| 7500 | S, ParsedType::make(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IFace)), SelIdents, |
| 7501 | AtArgumentExpression, Super); |
| 7502 | |
| 7503 | ReceiverType = |
| 7504 | Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IFace)); |
| 7505 | } |
| 7506 | } else if (RecExpr && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 7507 | ExprResult Conv = PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(RecExpr); |
| 7508 | if (Conv.isUsable()) { |
| 7509 | RecExpr = Conv.get(); |
| 7510 | ReceiverType = RecExpr->getType(); |
| 7511 | } |
| 7512 | } |
| 7513 | |
| 7514 | // Build the set of methods we can see. |
| 7515 | ResultBuilder Results( |
| 7516 | *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 7517 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 7518 | CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInstanceMessage, |
| 7519 | ReceiverType, SelIdents)); |
| 7520 | |
| 7521 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 7522 | |
| 7523 | // If this is a send-to-super, try to add the special "super" send |
| 7524 | // completion. |
| 7525 | if (Super) { |
| 7526 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod = |
| 7527 | AddSuperSendCompletion(*this, false, SelIdents, Results)) |
| 7528 | Results.Ignore(SuperMethod); |
| 7529 | } |
| 7530 | |
| 7531 | // If we're inside an Objective-C method definition, prefer its selector to |
| 7532 | // others. |
| 7533 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl()) |
| 7534 | Results.setPreferredSelector(CurMethod->getSelector()); |
| 7535 | |
| 7536 | // Keep track of the selectors we've already added. |
| 7537 | VisitedSelectorSet Selectors; |
| 7538 | |
| 7539 | // Handle messages to Class. This really isn't a message to an instance |
| 7540 | // method, so we treat it the same way we would treat a message send to a |
| 7541 | // class method. |
| 7542 | if (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType() || |
| 7543 | ReceiverType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { |
| 7544 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl()) { |
| 7545 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = CurMethod->getClassInterface()) |
| 7546 | AddObjCMethods(ClassDecl, false, MK_Any, SelIdents, CurContext, |
| 7547 | Selectors, AtArgumentExpression, Results); |
| 7548 | } |
| 7549 | } |
| 7550 | // Handle messages to a qualified ID ("id<foo>"). |
| 7551 | else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *QualID = |
| 7552 | ReceiverType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { |
| 7553 | // Search protocols for instance methods. |
| 7554 | for (auto *I : QualID->quals()) |
| 7555 | AddObjCMethods(I, true, MK_Any, SelIdents, CurContext, Selectors, |
| 7556 | AtArgumentExpression, Results); |
| 7557 | } |
| 7558 | // Handle messages to a pointer to interface type. |
| 7559 | else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *IFacePtr = |
| 7560 | ReceiverType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { |
| 7561 | // Search the class, its superclasses, etc., for instance methods. |
| 7562 | AddObjCMethods(IFacePtr->getInterfaceDecl(), true, MK_Any, SelIdents, |
| 7563 | CurContext, Selectors, AtArgumentExpression, Results); |
| 7564 | |
| 7565 | // Search protocols for instance methods. |
| 7566 | for (auto *I : IFacePtr->quals()) |
| 7567 | AddObjCMethods(I, true, MK_Any, SelIdents, CurContext, Selectors, |
| 7568 | AtArgumentExpression, Results); |
| 7569 | } |
| 7570 | // Handle messages to "id". |
| 7571 | else if (ReceiverType->isObjCIdType()) { |
| 7572 | // We're messaging "id", so provide all instance methods we know |
| 7573 | // about as code-completion results. |
| 7574 | |
| 7575 | // If we have an external source, load the entire class method |
| 7576 | // pool from the AST file. |
| 7577 | if (ExternalSource) { |
| 7578 | for (uint32_t I = 0, N = ExternalSource->GetNumExternalSelectors(); |
| 7579 | I != N; ++I) { |
| 7580 | Selector Sel = ExternalSource->GetExternalSelector(I); |
| 7581 | if (Sel.isNull() || MethodPool.count(Sel)) |
| 7582 | continue; |
| 7583 | |
| 7584 | ReadMethodPool(Sel); |
| 7585 | } |
| 7586 | } |
| 7587 | |
| 7588 | for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = MethodPool.begin(), |
| 7589 | MEnd = MethodPool.end(); |
| 7590 | M != MEnd; ++M) { |
| 7591 | for (ObjCMethodList *MethList = &M->second.first; |
| 7592 | MethList && MethList->getMethod(); MethList = MethList->getNext()) { |
| 7593 | if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(MethList->getMethod(), MK_Any, SelIdents)) |
| 7594 | continue; |
| 7595 | |
| 7596 | if (!Selectors.insert(MethList->getMethod()->getSelector()).second) |
| 7597 | continue; |
| 7598 | |
| 7599 | Result R(MethList->getMethod(), |
| 7600 | Results.getBasePriority(MethList->getMethod()), nullptr); |
| 7601 | R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size(); |
| 7602 | R.AllParametersAreInformative = false; |
| 7603 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); |
| 7604 | } |
| 7605 | } |
| 7606 | } |
| 7607 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 7608 | |
| 7609 | // If we're actually at the argument expression (rather than prior to the |
| 7610 | // selector), we're actually performing code completion for an expression. |
| 7611 | // Determine whether we have a single, best method. If so, we can |
| 7612 | // code-complete the expression using the corresponding parameter type as |
| 7613 | // our preferred type, improving completion results. |
| 7614 | if (AtArgumentExpression) { |
| 7615 | QualType PreferredType = |
| 7616 | getPreferredArgumentTypeForMessageSend(Results, SelIdents.size()); |
| 7617 | if (PreferredType.isNull()) |
| 7618 | CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, PCC_Expression); |
| 7619 | else |
| 7620 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType); |
| 7621 | return; |
| 7622 | } |
| 7623 | |
| 7624 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 7625 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 7626 | } |
| 7627 | |
| 7628 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, |
| 7629 | DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar) { |
| 7630 | CodeCompleteExpressionData Data; |
| 7631 | Data.ObjCCollection = true; |
| 7632 | |
| 7633 | if (IterationVar.getAsOpaquePtr()) { |
| 7634 | DeclGroupRef DG = IterationVar.get(); |
| 7635 | for (DeclGroupRef::iterator I = DG.begin(), End = DG.end(); I != End; ++I) { |
| 7636 | if (*I) |
| 7637 | Data.IgnoreDecls.push_back(*I); |
| 7638 | } |
| 7639 | } |
| 7640 | |
| 7641 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data); |
| 7642 | } |
| 7643 | |
| 7644 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, |
| 7645 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents) { |
| 7646 | // If we have an external source, load the entire class method |
| 7647 | // pool from the AST file. |
| 7648 | if (ExternalSource) { |
| 7649 | for (uint32_t I = 0, N = ExternalSource->GetNumExternalSelectors(); I != N; |
| 7650 | ++I) { |
| 7651 | Selector Sel = ExternalSource->GetExternalSelector(I); |
| 7652 | if (Sel.isNull() || MethodPool.count(Sel)) |
| 7653 | continue; |
| 7654 | |
| 7655 | ReadMethodPool(Sel); |
| 7656 | } |
| 7657 | } |
| 7658 | |
| 7659 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 7660 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 7661 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SelectorName); |
| 7662 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 7663 | for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = MethodPool.begin(), |
| 7664 | MEnd = MethodPool.end(); |
| 7665 | M != MEnd; ++M) { |
| 7666 | |
| 7667 | Selector Sel = M->first; |
| 7668 | if (!isAcceptableObjCSelector(Sel, MK_Any, SelIdents)) |
| 7669 | continue; |
| 7670 | |
| 7671 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 7672 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 7673 | if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) { |
| 7674 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 7675 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0))); |
| 7676 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 7677 | continue; |
| 7678 | } |
| 7679 | |
| 7680 | std::string Accumulator; |
| 7681 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Sel.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) { |
| 7682 | if (I == SelIdents.size()) { |
| 7683 | if (!Accumulator.empty()) { |
| 7684 | Builder.AddInformativeChunk( |
| 7685 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Accumulator)); |
| 7686 | Accumulator.clear(); |
| 7687 | } |
| 7688 | } |
| 7689 | |
| 7690 | Accumulator += Sel.getNameForSlot(I); |
| 7691 | Accumulator += ':'; |
| 7692 | } |
| 7693 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Accumulator)); |
| 7694 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 7695 | } |
| 7696 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 7697 | |
| 7698 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 7699 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 7700 | } |
| 7701 | |
| 7702 | /// Add all of the protocol declarations that we find in the given |
| 7703 | /// (translation unit) context. |
| 7704 | static void AddProtocolResults(DeclContext *Ctx, DeclContext *CurContext, |
| 7705 | bool OnlyForwardDeclarations, |
| 7706 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
| 7707 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 7708 | |
| 7709 | for (const auto *D : Ctx->decls()) { |
| 7710 | // Record any protocols we find. |
| 7711 | if (const auto *Proto = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D)) |
| 7712 | if (!OnlyForwardDeclarations || !Proto->hasDefinition()) |
| 7713 | Results.AddResult( |
| 7714 | Result(Proto, Results.getBasePriority(Proto), nullptr), CurContext, |
| 7715 | nullptr, false); |
| 7716 | } |
| 7717 | } |
| 7718 | |
| 7719 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences( |
| 7720 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols) { |
| 7721 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 7722 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 7723 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCProtocolName); |
| 7724 | |
| 7725 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { |
| 7726 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 7727 | |
| 7728 | // Tell the result set to ignore all of the protocols we have |
| 7729 | // already seen. |
| 7730 | // FIXME: This doesn't work when caching code-completion results. |
| 7731 | for (const IdentifierLocPair &Pair : Protocols) |
| 7732 | if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = LookupProtocol(Pair.first, Pair.second)) |
| 7733 | Results.Ignore(Protocol); |
| 7734 | |
| 7735 | // Add all protocols. |
| 7736 | AddProtocolResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false, |
| 7737 | Results); |
| 7738 | |
| 7739 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 7740 | } |
| 7741 | |
| 7742 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 7743 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 7744 | } |
| 7745 | |
| 7746 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *) { |
| 7747 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 7748 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 7749 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCProtocolName); |
| 7750 | |
| 7751 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { |
| 7752 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 7753 | |
| 7754 | // Add all protocols. |
| 7755 | AddProtocolResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, true, |
| 7756 | Results); |
| 7757 | |
| 7758 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 7759 | } |
| 7760 | |
| 7761 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 7762 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 7763 | } |
| 7764 | |
| 7765 | /// Add all of the Objective-C interface declarations that we find in |
| 7766 | /// the given (translation unit) context. |
| 7767 | static void AddInterfaceResults(DeclContext *Ctx, DeclContext *CurContext, |
| 7768 | bool OnlyForwardDeclarations, |
| 7769 | bool OnlyUnimplemented, |
| 7770 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
| 7771 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 7772 | |
| 7773 | for (const auto *D : Ctx->decls()) { |
| 7774 | // Record any interfaces we find. |
| 7775 | if (const auto *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) |
| 7776 | if ((!OnlyForwardDeclarations || !Class->hasDefinition()) && |
| 7777 | (!OnlyUnimplemented || !Class->getImplementation())) |
| 7778 | Results.AddResult( |
| 7779 | Result(Class, Results.getBasePriority(Class), nullptr), CurContext, |
| 7780 | nullptr, false); |
| 7781 | } |
| 7782 | } |
| 7783 | |
| 7784 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S) { |
| 7785 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 7786 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 7787 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterfaceName); |
| 7788 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 7789 | |
| 7790 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { |
| 7791 | // Add all classes. |
| 7792 | AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false, |
| 7793 | false, Results); |
| 7794 | } |
| 7795 | |
| 7796 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 7797 | |
| 7798 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 7799 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 7800 | } |
| 7801 | |
| 7802 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
| 7803 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc) { |
| 7804 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 7805 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 7806 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterfaceName); |
| 7807 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 7808 | |
| 7809 | // Make sure that we ignore the class we're currently defining. |
| 7810 | NamedDecl *CurClass = |
| 7811 | LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassNameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
| 7812 | if (CurClass && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurClass)) |
| 7813 | Results.Ignore(CurClass); |
| 7814 | |
| 7815 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { |
| 7816 | // Add all classes. |
| 7817 | AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false, |
| 7818 | false, Results); |
| 7819 | } |
| 7820 | |
| 7821 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 7822 | |
| 7823 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 7824 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 7825 | } |
| 7826 | |
| 7827 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S) { |
| 7828 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 7829 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 7830 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCImplementation); |
| 7831 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 7832 | |
| 7833 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { |
| 7834 | // Add all unimplemented classes. |
| 7835 | AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false, |
| 7836 | true, Results); |
| 7837 | } |
| 7838 | |
| 7839 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 7840 | |
| 7841 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 7842 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 7843 | } |
| 7844 | |
| 7845 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, |
| 7846 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
| 7847 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc) { |
| 7848 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 7849 | |
| 7850 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 7851 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 7852 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCCategoryName); |
| 7853 | |
| 7854 | // Ignore any categories we find that have already been implemented by this |
| 7855 | // interface. |
| 7856 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> CategoryNames; |
| 7857 | NamedDecl *CurClass = |
| 7858 | LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassNameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
| 7859 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = |
| 7860 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurClass)) { |
| 7861 | for (const auto *Cat : Class->visible_categories()) |
| 7862 | CategoryNames.insert(Cat->getIdentifier()); |
| 7863 | } |
| 7864 | |
| 7865 | // Add all of the categories we know about. |
| 7866 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 7867 | TranslationUnitDecl *TU = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
| 7868 | for (const auto *D : TU->decls()) |
| 7869 | if (const auto *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) |
| 7870 | if (CategoryNames.insert(Category->getIdentifier()).second) |
| 7871 | Results.AddResult( |
| 7872 | Result(Category, Results.getBasePriority(Category), nullptr), |
| 7873 | CurContext, nullptr, false); |
| 7874 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 7875 | |
| 7876 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 7877 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 7878 | } |
| 7879 | |
| 7880 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, |
| 7881 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
| 7882 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc) { |
| 7883 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 7884 | |
| 7885 | // Find the corresponding interface. If we couldn't find the interface, the |
| 7886 | // program itself is ill-formed. However, we'll try to be helpful still by |
| 7887 | // providing the list of all of the categories we know about. |
| 7888 | NamedDecl *CurClass = |
| 7889 | LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassNameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
| 7890 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurClass); |
| 7891 | if (!Class) |
| 7892 | return CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(S, ClassName, ClassNameLoc); |
| 7893 | |
| 7894 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 7895 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 7896 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCCategoryName); |
| 7897 | |
| 7898 | // Add all of the categories that have have corresponding interface |
| 7899 | // declarations in this class and any of its superclasses, except for |
| 7900 | // already-implemented categories in the class itself. |
| 7901 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> CategoryNames; |
| 7902 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 7903 | bool IgnoreImplemented = true; |
| 7904 | while (Class) { |
| 7905 | for (const auto *Cat : Class->visible_categories()) { |
| 7906 | if ((!IgnoreImplemented || !Cat->getImplementation()) && |
| 7907 | CategoryNames.insert(Cat->getIdentifier()).second) |
| 7908 | Results.AddResult(Result(Cat, Results.getBasePriority(Cat), nullptr), |
| 7909 | CurContext, nullptr, false); |
| 7910 | } |
| 7911 | |
| 7912 | Class = Class->getSuperClass(); |
| 7913 | IgnoreImplemented = false; |
| 7914 | } |
| 7915 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 7916 | |
| 7917 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 7918 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 7919 | } |
| 7920 | |
| 7921 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S) { |
| 7922 | CodeCompletionContext CCContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
| 7923 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 7924 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext); |
| 7925 | |
| 7926 | // Figure out where this @synthesize lives. |
| 7927 | ObjCContainerDecl *Container = |
| 7928 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); |
| 7929 | if (!Container || (!isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container) && |
| 7930 | !isa<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container))) |
| 7931 | return; |
| 7932 | |
| 7933 | // Ignore any properties that have already been implemented. |
| 7934 | Container = getContainerDef(Container); |
| 7935 | for (const auto *D : Container->decls()) |
| 7936 | if (const auto *PropertyImpl = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D)) |
| 7937 | Results.Ignore(PropertyImpl->getPropertyDecl()); |
| 7938 | |
| 7939 | // Add any properties that we find. |
| 7940 | AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties; |
| 7941 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 7942 | if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpl = |
| 7943 | dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container)) |
| 7944 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, ClassImpl->getClassInterface(), false, |
| 7945 | /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/false, CurContext, |
| 7946 | AddedProperties, Results); |
| 7947 | else |
| 7948 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, |
| 7949 | cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)->getCategoryDecl(), |
| 7950 | false, /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/false, CurContext, |
| 7951 | AddedProperties, Results); |
| 7952 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 7953 | |
| 7954 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 7955 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 7956 | } |
| 7957 | |
| 7958 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar( |
| 7959 | Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *PropertyName) { |
| 7960 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 7961 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 7962 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 7963 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
| 7964 | |
| 7965 | // Figure out where this @synthesize lives. |
| 7966 | ObjCContainerDecl *Container = |
| 7967 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); |
| 7968 | if (!Container || (!isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container) && |
| 7969 | !isa<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container))) |
| 7970 | return; |
| 7971 | |
| 7972 | // Figure out which interface we're looking into. |
| 7973 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = nullptr; |
| 7974 | if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpl = |
| 7975 | dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container)) |
| 7976 | Class = ClassImpl->getClassInterface(); |
| 7977 | else |
| 7978 | Class = cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container) |
| 7979 | ->getCategoryDecl() |
| 7980 | ->getClassInterface(); |
| 7981 | |
| 7982 | // Determine the type of the property we're synthesizing. |
| 7983 | QualType PropertyType = Context.getObjCIdType(); |
| 7984 | if (Class) { |
| 7985 | if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration( |
| 7986 | PropertyName, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_instance)) { |
| 7987 | PropertyType = |
| 7988 | Property->getType().getNonReferenceType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
| 7989 | |
| 7990 | // Give preference to ivars |
| 7991 | Results.setPreferredType(PropertyType); |
| 7992 | } |
| 7993 | } |
| 7994 | |
| 7995 | // Add all of the instance variables in this class and its superclasses. |
| 7996 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 7997 | bool SawSimilarlyNamedIvar = false; |
| 7998 | std::string NameWithPrefix; |
| 7999 | NameWithPrefix += '_'; |
| 8000 | NameWithPrefix += PropertyName->getName(); |
| 8001 | std::string NameWithSuffix = PropertyName->getName().str(); |
| 8002 | NameWithSuffix += '_'; |
| 8003 | for (; Class; Class = Class->getSuperClass()) { |
| 8004 | for (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Ivar; |
| 8005 | Ivar = Ivar->getNextIvar()) { |
| 8006 | Results.AddResult(Result(Ivar, Results.getBasePriority(Ivar), nullptr), |
| 8007 | CurContext, nullptr, false); |
| 8008 | |
| 8009 | // Determine whether we've seen an ivar with a name similar to the |
| 8010 | // property. |
| 8011 | if ((PropertyName == Ivar->getIdentifier() || |
| 8012 | NameWithPrefix == Ivar->getName() || |
| 8013 | NameWithSuffix == Ivar->getName())) { |
| 8014 | SawSimilarlyNamedIvar = true; |
| 8015 | |
| 8016 | // Reduce the priority of this result by one, to give it a slight |
| 8017 | // advantage over other results whose names don't match so closely. |
| 8018 | if (Results.size() && |
| 8019 | Results.data()[Results.size() - 1].Kind == |
| 8020 | CodeCompletionResult::RK_Declaration && |
| 8021 | Results.data()[Results.size() - 1].Declaration == Ivar) |
| 8022 | Results.data()[Results.size() - 1].Priority--; |
| 8023 | } |
| 8024 | } |
| 8025 | } |
| 8026 | |
| 8027 | if (!SawSimilarlyNamedIvar) { |
| 8028 | // Create ivar result _propName, that the user can use to synthesize |
| 8029 | // an ivar of the appropriate type. |
| 8030 | unsigned Priority = CCP_MemberDeclaration + 1; |
| 8031 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 8032 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); |
| 8033 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 8034 | Priority, CXAvailability_Available); |
| 8035 | |
| 8036 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(*this); |
| 8037 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk( |
| 8038 | GetCompletionTypeString(PropertyType, Context, Policy, Allocator)); |
| 8039 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(NameWithPrefix)); |
| 8040 | Results.AddResult( |
| 8041 | Result(Builder.TakeString(), Priority, CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl)); |
| 8042 | } |
| 8043 | |
| 8044 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 8045 | |
| 8046 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 8047 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 8048 | } |
| 8049 | |
| 8050 | // Mapping from selectors to the methods that implement that selector, along |
| 8051 | // with the "in original class" flag. |
| 8052 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, |
| 8053 | llvm::PointerIntPair<ObjCMethodDecl *, 1, bool>> |
| 8054 | KnownMethodsMap; |
| 8055 | |
| 8056 | /// Find all of the methods that reside in the given container |
| 8057 | /// (and its superclasses, protocols, etc.) that meet the given |
| 8058 | /// criteria. Insert those methods into the map of known methods, |
| 8059 | /// indexed by selector so they can be easily found. |
| 8060 | static void FindImplementableMethods(ASTContext &Context, |
| 8061 | ObjCContainerDecl *Container, |
| 8062 | Optional<bool> WantInstanceMethods, |
| 8063 | QualType ReturnType, |
| 8064 | KnownMethodsMap &KnownMethods, |
| 8065 | bool InOriginalClass = true) { |
| 8066 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container)) { |
| 8067 | // Make sure we have a definition; that's what we'll walk. |
| 8068 | if (!IFace->hasDefinition()) |
| 8069 | return; |
| 8070 | |
| 8071 | IFace = IFace->getDefinition(); |
| 8072 | Container = IFace; |
| 8073 | |
| 8074 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols = |
| 8075 | IFace->getReferencedProtocols(); |
| 8076 | for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(), |
| 8077 | E = Protocols.end(); |
| 8078 | I != E; ++I) |
| 8079 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, *I, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, |
| 8080 | KnownMethods, InOriginalClass); |
| 8081 | |
| 8082 | // Add methods from any class extensions and categories. |
| 8083 | for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) { |
| 8084 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, Cat, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, |
| 8085 | KnownMethods, false); |
| 8086 | } |
| 8087 | |
| 8088 | // Visit the superclass. |
| 8089 | if (IFace->getSuperClass()) |
| 8090 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, IFace->getSuperClass(), |
| 8091 | WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, KnownMethods, |
| 8092 | false); |
| 8093 | } |
| 8094 | |
| 8095 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Container)) { |
| 8096 | // Recurse into protocols. |
| 8097 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols = |
| 8098 | Category->getReferencedProtocols(); |
| 8099 | for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(), |
| 8100 | E = Protocols.end(); |
| 8101 | I != E; ++I) |
| 8102 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, *I, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, |
| 8103 | KnownMethods, InOriginalClass); |
| 8104 | |
| 8105 | // If this category is the original class, jump to the interface. |
| 8106 | if (InOriginalClass && Category->getClassInterface()) |
| 8107 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, Category->getClassInterface(), |
| 8108 | WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, KnownMethods, |
| 8109 | false); |
| 8110 | } |
| 8111 | |
| 8112 | if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) { |
| 8113 | // Make sure we have a definition; that's what we'll walk. |
| 8114 | if (!Protocol->hasDefinition()) |
| 8115 | return; |
| 8116 | Protocol = Protocol->getDefinition(); |
| 8117 | Container = Protocol; |
| 8118 | |
| 8119 | // Recurse into protocols. |
| 8120 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols = |
| 8121 | Protocol->getReferencedProtocols(); |
| 8122 | for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(), |
| 8123 | E = Protocols.end(); |
| 8124 | I != E; ++I) |
| 8125 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, *I, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, |
| 8126 | KnownMethods, false); |
| 8127 | } |
| 8128 | |
| 8129 | // Add methods in this container. This operation occurs last because |
| 8130 | // we want the methods from this container to override any methods |
| 8131 | // we've previously seen with the same selector. |
| 8132 | for (auto *M : Container->methods()) { |
| 8133 | if (!WantInstanceMethods || M->isInstanceMethod() == *WantInstanceMethods) { |
| 8134 | if (!ReturnType.isNull() && |
| 8135 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ReturnType, M->getReturnType())) |
| 8136 | continue; |
| 8137 | |
| 8138 | KnownMethods[M->getSelector()] = |
| 8139 | KnownMethodsMap::mapped_type(M, InOriginalClass); |
| 8140 | } |
| 8141 | } |
| 8142 | } |
| 8143 | |
| 8144 | /// Add the parenthesized return or parameter type chunk to a code |
| 8145 | /// completion string. |
| 8146 | static void AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(QualType Type, unsigned ObjCDeclQuals, |
| 8147 | ASTContext &Context, |
| 8148 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 8149 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder) { |
| 8150 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8151 | std::string Quals = formatObjCParamQualifiers(ObjCDeclQuals, Type); |
| 8152 | if (!Quals.empty()) |
| 8153 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Quals)); |
| 8154 | Builder.AddTextChunk( |
| 8155 | GetCompletionTypeString(Type, Context, Policy, Builder.getAllocator())); |
| 8156 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8157 | } |
| 8158 | |
| 8159 | /// Determine whether the given class is or inherits from a class by |
| 8160 | /// the given name. |
| 8161 | static bool InheritsFromClassNamed(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class, StringRef Name) { |
| 8162 | if (!Class) |
| 8163 | return false; |
| 8164 | |
| 8165 | if (Class->getIdentifier() && Class->getIdentifier()->getName() == Name) |
| 8166 | return true; |
| 8167 | |
| 8168 | return InheritsFromClassNamed(Class->getSuperClass(), Name); |
| 8169 | } |
| 8170 | |
| 8171 | /// Add code completions for Objective-C Key-Value Coding (KVC) and |
| 8172 | /// Key-Value Observing (KVO). |
| 8173 | static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, |
| 8174 | bool IsInstanceMethod, |
| 8175 | QualType ReturnType, ASTContext &Context, |
| 8176 | VisitedSelectorSet &KnownSelectors, |
| 8177 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
| 8178 | IdentifierInfo *PropName = Property->getIdentifier(); |
| 8179 | if (!PropName || PropName->getLength() == 0) |
| 8180 | return; |
| 8181 | |
| 8182 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()); |
| 8183 | |
| 8184 | // Builder that will create each code completion. |
| 8185 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 8186 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); |
| 8187 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 8188 | |
| 8189 | // The selector table. |
| 8190 | SelectorTable &Selectors = Context.Selectors; |
| 8191 | |
| 8192 | // The property name, copied into the code completion allocation region |
| 8193 | // on demand. |
| 8194 | struct KeyHolder { |
| 8195 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator; |
| 8196 | StringRef Key; |
| 8197 | const char *CopiedKey; |
| 8198 | |
| 8199 | KeyHolder(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, StringRef Key) |
| 8200 | : Allocator(Allocator), Key(Key), CopiedKey(nullptr) {} |
| 8201 | |
| 8202 | operator const char *() { |
| 8203 | if (CopiedKey) |
| 8204 | return CopiedKey; |
| 8205 | |
| 8206 | return CopiedKey = Allocator.CopyString(Key); |
| 8207 | } |
| 8208 | } Key(Allocator, PropName->getName()); |
| 8209 | |
| 8210 | // The uppercased name of the property name. |
| 8211 | std::string UpperKey = std::string(PropName->getName()); |
| 8212 | if (!UpperKey.empty()) |
| 8213 | UpperKey[0] = toUppercase(UpperKey[0]); |
| 8214 | |
| 8215 | bool ReturnTypeMatchesProperty = |
| 8216 | ReturnType.isNull() || |
| 8217 | Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ReturnType.getNonReferenceType(), |
| 8218 | Property->getType()); |
| 8219 | bool ReturnTypeMatchesVoid = ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isVoidType(); |
| 8220 | |
| 8221 | // Add the normal accessor -(type)key. |
| 8222 | if (IsInstanceMethod && |
| 8223 | KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(PropName)).second && |
| 8224 | ReturnTypeMatchesProperty && !Property->getGetterMethodDecl()) { |
| 8225 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) |
| 8226 | AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(Property->getType(), /*Quals=*/0, Context, Policy, |
| 8227 | Builder); |
| 8228 | |
| 8229 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Key); |
| 8230 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, |
| 8231 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
| 8232 | } |
| 8233 | |
| 8234 | // If we have an integral or boolean property (or the user has provided |
| 8235 | // an integral or boolean return type), add the accessor -(type)isKey. |
| 8236 | if (IsInstanceMethod && |
| 8237 | ((!ReturnType.isNull() && |
| 8238 | (ReturnType->isIntegerType() || ReturnType->isBooleanType())) || |
| 8239 | (ReturnType.isNull() && (Property->getType()->isIntegerType() || |
| 8240 | Property->getType()->isBooleanType())))) { |
| 8241 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("is" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
| 8242 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); |
| 8243 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId)) |
| 8244 | .second) { |
| 8245 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
| 8246 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8247 | Builder.AddTextChunk("BOOL" ); |
| 8248 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8249 | } |
| 8250 | |
| 8251 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorId->getName())); |
| 8252 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, |
| 8253 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
| 8254 | } |
| 8255 | } |
| 8256 | |
| 8257 | // Add the normal mutator. |
| 8258 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid && |
| 8259 | !Property->getSetterMethodDecl()) { |
| 8260 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("set" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
| 8261 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); |
| 8262 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { |
| 8263 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
| 8264 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8265 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void" ); |
| 8266 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8267 | } |
| 8268 | |
| 8269 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 8270 | Allocator.CopyString(SelectorId->getName() + ":" )); |
| 8271 | AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(Property->getType(), /*Quals=*/0, Context, Policy, |
| 8272 | Builder); |
| 8273 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Key); |
| 8274 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, |
| 8275 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
| 8276 | } |
| 8277 | } |
| 8278 | |
| 8279 | // Indexed and unordered accessors |
| 8280 | unsigned IndexedGetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern; |
| 8281 | unsigned IndexedSetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern; |
| 8282 | unsigned UnorderedGetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern; |
| 8283 | unsigned UnorderedSetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern; |
| 8284 | if (const auto *ObjCPointer = |
| 8285 | Property->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { |
| 8286 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = ObjCPointer->getInterfaceDecl()) { |
| 8287 | // If this interface type is not provably derived from a known |
| 8288 | // collection, penalize the corresponding completions. |
| 8289 | if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSMutableArray" )) { |
| 8290 | IndexedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; |
| 8291 | if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSArray" )) |
| 8292 | IndexedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; |
| 8293 | } |
| 8294 | |
| 8295 | if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSMutableSet" )) { |
| 8296 | UnorderedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; |
| 8297 | if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSSet" )) |
| 8298 | UnorderedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; |
| 8299 | } |
| 8300 | } |
| 8301 | } else { |
| 8302 | IndexedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; |
| 8303 | IndexedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; |
| 8304 | UnorderedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; |
| 8305 | UnorderedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; |
| 8306 | } |
| 8307 | |
| 8308 | // Add -(NSUInteger)countOf<key> |
| 8309 | if (IsInstanceMethod && |
| 8310 | (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isIntegerType())) { |
| 8311 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("countOf" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
| 8312 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); |
| 8313 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId)) |
| 8314 | .second) { |
| 8315 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
| 8316 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8317 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSUInteger" ); |
| 8318 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8319 | } |
| 8320 | |
| 8321 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorId->getName())); |
| 8322 | Results.AddResult( |
| 8323 | Result(Builder.TakeString(), |
| 8324 | std::min(IndexedGetterPriority, UnorderedGetterPriority), |
| 8325 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
| 8326 | } |
| 8327 | } |
| 8328 | |
| 8329 | // Indexed getters |
| 8330 | // Add -(id)objectInKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index |
| 8331 | if (IsInstanceMethod && |
| 8332 | (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) { |
| 8333 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("objectIn" ) + UpperKey + "AtIndex" ).str(); |
| 8334 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); |
| 8335 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { |
| 8336 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
| 8337 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8338 | Builder.AddTextChunk("id" ); |
| 8339 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8340 | } |
| 8341 | |
| 8342 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":" )); |
| 8343 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8344 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSUInteger" ); |
| 8345 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8346 | Builder.AddTextChunk("index" ); |
| 8347 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedGetterPriority, |
| 8348 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
| 8349 | } |
| 8350 | } |
| 8351 | |
| 8352 | // Add -(NSArray *)keyAtIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes |
| 8353 | if (IsInstanceMethod && |
| 8354 | (ReturnType.isNull() || |
| 8355 | (ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && |
| 8356 | ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl() && |
| 8357 | ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() |
| 8358 | ->getInterfaceDecl() |
| 8359 | ->getName() == "NSArray" ))) { |
| 8360 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine(Property->getName()) + "AtIndexes" ).str(); |
| 8361 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); |
| 8362 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { |
| 8363 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
| 8364 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8365 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSArray *" ); |
| 8366 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8367 | } |
| 8368 | |
| 8369 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":" )); |
| 8370 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8371 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSIndexSet *" ); |
| 8372 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8373 | Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes" ); |
| 8374 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedGetterPriority, |
| 8375 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
| 8376 | } |
| 8377 | } |
| 8378 | |
| 8379 | // Add -(void)getKey:(type **)buffer range:(NSRange)inRange |
| 8380 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { |
| 8381 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("get" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
| 8382 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName), |
| 8383 | &Context.Idents.get("range" )}; |
| 8384 | |
| 8385 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) { |
| 8386 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
| 8387 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8388 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void" ); |
| 8389 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8390 | } |
| 8391 | |
| 8392 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":" )); |
| 8393 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8394 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type" ); |
| 8395 | Builder.AddTextChunk(" **" ); |
| 8396 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8397 | Builder.AddTextChunk("buffer" ); |
| 8398 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 8399 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("range:" ); |
| 8400 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8401 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSRange" ); |
| 8402 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8403 | Builder.AddTextChunk("inRange" ); |
| 8404 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedGetterPriority, |
| 8405 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
| 8406 | } |
| 8407 | } |
| 8408 | |
| 8409 | // Mutable indexed accessors |
| 8410 | |
| 8411 | // - (void)insertObject:(type *)object inKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index |
| 8412 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { |
| 8413 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("in" ) + UpperKey + "AtIndex" ).str(); |
| 8414 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get("insertObject" ), |
| 8415 | &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName)}; |
| 8416 | |
| 8417 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) { |
| 8418 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
| 8419 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8420 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void" ); |
| 8421 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8422 | } |
| 8423 | |
| 8424 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("insertObject:" ); |
| 8425 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8426 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type" ); |
| 8427 | Builder.AddTextChunk(" *" ); |
| 8428 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8429 | Builder.AddTextChunk("object" ); |
| 8430 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 8431 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":" )); |
| 8432 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8433 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSUInteger" ); |
| 8434 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8435 | Builder.AddTextChunk("index" ); |
| 8436 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority, |
| 8437 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
| 8438 | } |
| 8439 | } |
| 8440 | |
| 8441 | // - (void)insertKey:(NSArray *)array atIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes |
| 8442 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { |
| 8443 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("insert" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
| 8444 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName), |
| 8445 | &Context.Idents.get("atIndexes" )}; |
| 8446 | |
| 8447 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) { |
| 8448 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
| 8449 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8450 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void" ); |
| 8451 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8452 | } |
| 8453 | |
| 8454 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":" )); |
| 8455 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8456 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSArray *" ); |
| 8457 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8458 | Builder.AddTextChunk("array" ); |
| 8459 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 8460 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("atIndexes:" ); |
| 8461 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8462 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSIndexSet *" ); |
| 8463 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8464 | Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes" ); |
| 8465 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority, |
| 8466 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
| 8467 | } |
| 8468 | } |
| 8469 | |
| 8470 | // -(void)removeObjectFromKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index |
| 8471 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { |
| 8472 | std::string SelectorName = |
| 8473 | (Twine("removeObjectFrom" ) + UpperKey + "AtIndex" ).str(); |
| 8474 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); |
| 8475 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { |
| 8476 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
| 8477 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8478 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void" ); |
| 8479 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8480 | } |
| 8481 | |
| 8482 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":" )); |
| 8483 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8484 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSUInteger" ); |
| 8485 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8486 | Builder.AddTextChunk("index" ); |
| 8487 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority, |
| 8488 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
| 8489 | } |
| 8490 | } |
| 8491 | |
| 8492 | // -(void)removeKeyAtIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes |
| 8493 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { |
| 8494 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("remove" ) + UpperKey + "AtIndexes" ).str(); |
| 8495 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); |
| 8496 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { |
| 8497 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
| 8498 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8499 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void" ); |
| 8500 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8501 | } |
| 8502 | |
| 8503 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":" )); |
| 8504 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8505 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSIndexSet *" ); |
| 8506 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8507 | Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes" ); |
| 8508 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority, |
| 8509 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
| 8510 | } |
| 8511 | } |
| 8512 | |
| 8513 | // - (void)replaceObjectInKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index withObject:(id)object |
| 8514 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { |
| 8515 | std::string SelectorName = |
| 8516 | (Twine("replaceObjectIn" ) + UpperKey + "AtIndex" ).str(); |
| 8517 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName), |
| 8518 | &Context.Idents.get("withObject" )}; |
| 8519 | |
| 8520 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) { |
| 8521 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
| 8522 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8523 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void" ); |
| 8524 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8525 | } |
| 8526 | |
| 8527 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":" )); |
| 8528 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8529 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSUInteger" ); |
| 8530 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8531 | Builder.AddTextChunk("index" ); |
| 8532 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 8533 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("withObject:" ); |
| 8534 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8535 | Builder.AddTextChunk("id" ); |
| 8536 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8537 | Builder.AddTextChunk("object" ); |
| 8538 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority, |
| 8539 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
| 8540 | } |
| 8541 | } |
| 8542 | |
| 8543 | // - (void)replaceKeyAtIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes withKey:(NSArray *)array |
| 8544 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { |
| 8545 | std::string SelectorName1 = |
| 8546 | (Twine("replace" ) + UpperKey + "AtIndexes" ).str(); |
| 8547 | std::string SelectorName2 = (Twine("with" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
| 8548 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName1), |
| 8549 | &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName2)}; |
| 8550 | |
| 8551 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) { |
| 8552 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
| 8553 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8554 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void" ); |
| 8555 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8556 | } |
| 8557 | |
| 8558 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName1 + ":" )); |
| 8559 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8560 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSIndexSet *" ); |
| 8561 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8562 | Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes" ); |
| 8563 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 8564 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName2 + ":" )); |
| 8565 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8566 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSArray *" ); |
| 8567 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8568 | Builder.AddTextChunk("array" ); |
| 8569 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority, |
| 8570 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
| 8571 | } |
| 8572 | } |
| 8573 | |
| 8574 | // Unordered getters |
| 8575 | // - (NSEnumerator *)enumeratorOfKey |
| 8576 | if (IsInstanceMethod && |
| 8577 | (ReturnType.isNull() || |
| 8578 | (ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && |
| 8579 | ReturnType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl() && |
| 8580 | ReturnType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() |
| 8581 | ->getInterfaceDecl() |
| 8582 | ->getName() == "NSEnumerator" ))) { |
| 8583 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("enumeratorOf" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
| 8584 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); |
| 8585 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId)) |
| 8586 | .second) { |
| 8587 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
| 8588 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8589 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSEnumerator *" ); |
| 8590 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8591 | } |
| 8592 | |
| 8593 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName)); |
| 8594 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedGetterPriority, |
| 8595 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
| 8596 | } |
| 8597 | } |
| 8598 | |
| 8599 | // - (type *)memberOfKey:(type *)object |
| 8600 | if (IsInstanceMethod && |
| 8601 | (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) { |
| 8602 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("memberOf" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
| 8603 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); |
| 8604 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { |
| 8605 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
| 8606 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8607 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type" ); |
| 8608 | Builder.AddTextChunk(" *" ); |
| 8609 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8610 | } |
| 8611 | |
| 8612 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":" )); |
| 8613 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8614 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
| 8615 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type" ); |
| 8616 | Builder.AddTextChunk(" *" ); |
| 8617 | } else { |
| 8618 | Builder.AddTextChunk(GetCompletionTypeString( |
| 8619 | ReturnType, Context, Policy, Builder.getAllocator())); |
| 8620 | } |
| 8621 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8622 | Builder.AddTextChunk("object" ); |
| 8623 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedGetterPriority, |
| 8624 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
| 8625 | } |
| 8626 | } |
| 8627 | |
| 8628 | // Mutable unordered accessors |
| 8629 | // - (void)addKeyObject:(type *)object |
| 8630 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { |
| 8631 | std::string SelectorName = |
| 8632 | (Twine("add" ) + UpperKey + Twine("Object" )).str(); |
| 8633 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); |
| 8634 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { |
| 8635 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
| 8636 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8637 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void" ); |
| 8638 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8639 | } |
| 8640 | |
| 8641 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":" )); |
| 8642 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8643 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type" ); |
| 8644 | Builder.AddTextChunk(" *" ); |
| 8645 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8646 | Builder.AddTextChunk("object" ); |
| 8647 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority, |
| 8648 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
| 8649 | } |
| 8650 | } |
| 8651 | |
| 8652 | // - (void)addKey:(NSSet *)objects |
| 8653 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { |
| 8654 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("add" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
| 8655 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); |
| 8656 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { |
| 8657 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
| 8658 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8659 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void" ); |
| 8660 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8661 | } |
| 8662 | |
| 8663 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":" )); |
| 8664 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8665 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet *" ); |
| 8666 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8667 | Builder.AddTextChunk("objects" ); |
| 8668 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority, |
| 8669 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
| 8670 | } |
| 8671 | } |
| 8672 | |
| 8673 | // - (void)removeKeyObject:(type *)object |
| 8674 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { |
| 8675 | std::string SelectorName = |
| 8676 | (Twine("remove" ) + UpperKey + Twine("Object" )).str(); |
| 8677 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); |
| 8678 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { |
| 8679 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
| 8680 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8681 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void" ); |
| 8682 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8683 | } |
| 8684 | |
| 8685 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":" )); |
| 8686 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8687 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type" ); |
| 8688 | Builder.AddTextChunk(" *" ); |
| 8689 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8690 | Builder.AddTextChunk("object" ); |
| 8691 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority, |
| 8692 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
| 8693 | } |
| 8694 | } |
| 8695 | |
| 8696 | // - (void)removeKey:(NSSet *)objects |
| 8697 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { |
| 8698 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("remove" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
| 8699 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); |
| 8700 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { |
| 8701 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
| 8702 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8703 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void" ); |
| 8704 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8705 | } |
| 8706 | |
| 8707 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":" )); |
| 8708 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8709 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet *" ); |
| 8710 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8711 | Builder.AddTextChunk("objects" ); |
| 8712 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority, |
| 8713 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
| 8714 | } |
| 8715 | } |
| 8716 | |
| 8717 | // - (void)intersectKey:(NSSet *)objects |
| 8718 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { |
| 8719 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("intersect" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
| 8720 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); |
| 8721 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { |
| 8722 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
| 8723 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8724 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void" ); |
| 8725 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8726 | } |
| 8727 | |
| 8728 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":" )); |
| 8729 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8730 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet *" ); |
| 8731 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8732 | Builder.AddTextChunk("objects" ); |
| 8733 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority, |
| 8734 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
| 8735 | } |
| 8736 | } |
| 8737 | |
| 8738 | // Key-Value Observing |
| 8739 | // + (NSSet *)keyPathsForValuesAffectingKey |
| 8740 | if (!IsInstanceMethod && |
| 8741 | (ReturnType.isNull() || |
| 8742 | (ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && |
| 8743 | ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl() && |
| 8744 | ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() |
| 8745 | ->getInterfaceDecl() |
| 8746 | ->getName() == "NSSet" ))) { |
| 8747 | std::string SelectorName = |
| 8748 | (Twine("keyPathsForValuesAffecting" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
| 8749 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); |
| 8750 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId)) |
| 8751 | .second) { |
| 8752 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
| 8753 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8754 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet<NSString *> *" ); |
| 8755 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8756 | } |
| 8757 | |
| 8758 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName)); |
| 8759 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, |
| 8760 | CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl)); |
| 8761 | } |
| 8762 | } |
| 8763 | |
| 8764 | // + (BOOL)automaticallyNotifiesObserversForKey |
| 8765 | if (!IsInstanceMethod && |
| 8766 | (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isIntegerType() || |
| 8767 | ReturnType->isBooleanType())) { |
| 8768 | std::string SelectorName = |
| 8769 | (Twine("automaticallyNotifiesObserversOf" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
| 8770 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); |
| 8771 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId)) |
| 8772 | .second) { |
| 8773 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
| 8774 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 8775 | Builder.AddTextChunk("BOOL" ); |
| 8776 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 8777 | } |
| 8778 | |
| 8779 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName)); |
| 8780 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, |
| 8781 | CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl)); |
| 8782 | } |
| 8783 | } |
| 8784 | } |
| 8785 | |
| 8786 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, Optional<bool> IsInstanceMethod, |
| 8787 | ParsedType ReturnTy) { |
| 8788 | // Determine the return type of the method we're declaring, if |
| 8789 | // provided. |
| 8790 | QualType ReturnType = GetTypeFromParser(ReturnTy); |
| 8791 | Decl *IDecl = nullptr; |
| 8792 | if (CurContext->isObjCContainer()) { |
| 8793 | ObjCContainerDecl *OCD = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); |
| 8794 | IDecl = OCD; |
| 8795 | } |
| 8796 | // Determine where we should start searching for methods. |
| 8797 | ObjCContainerDecl *SearchDecl = nullptr; |
| 8798 | bool IsInImplementation = false; |
| 8799 | if (Decl *D = IDecl) { |
| 8800 | if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { |
| 8801 | SearchDecl = Impl->getClassInterface(); |
| 8802 | IsInImplementation = true; |
| 8803 | } else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatImpl = |
| 8804 | dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(D)) { |
| 8805 | SearchDecl = CatImpl->getCategoryDecl(); |
| 8806 | IsInImplementation = true; |
| 8807 | } else |
| 8808 | SearchDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(D); |
| 8809 | } |
| 8810 | |
| 8811 | if (!SearchDecl && S) { |
| 8812 | if (DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity()) |
| 8813 | SearchDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(DC); |
| 8814 | } |
| 8815 | |
| 8816 | if (!SearchDecl) { |
| 8817 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, |
| 8818 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other, nullptr, 0); |
| 8819 | return; |
| 8820 | } |
| 8821 | |
| 8822 | // Find all of the methods that we could declare/implement here. |
| 8823 | KnownMethodsMap KnownMethods; |
| 8824 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, SearchDecl, IsInstanceMethod, ReturnType, |
| 8825 | KnownMethods); |
| 8826 | |
| 8827 | // Add declarations or definitions for each of the known methods. |
| 8828 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 8829 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 8830 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 8831 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
| 8832 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 8833 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(*this); |
| 8834 | for (KnownMethodsMap::iterator M = KnownMethods.begin(), |
| 8835 | MEnd = KnownMethods.end(); |
| 8836 | M != MEnd; ++M) { |
| 8837 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = M->second.getPointer(); |
| 8838 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 8839 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 8840 | |
| 8841 | // Add the '-'/'+' prefix if it wasn't provided yet. |
| 8842 | if (!IsInstanceMethod) { |
| 8843 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Method->isInstanceMethod() ? "-" : "+" ); |
| 8844 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 8845 | } |
| 8846 | |
| 8847 | // If the result type was not already provided, add it to the |
| 8848 | // pattern as (type). |
| 8849 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
| 8850 | QualType ResTy = Method->getSendResultType().stripObjCKindOfType(Context); |
| 8851 | AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(ResTy); |
| 8852 | AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(ResTy, Method->getObjCDeclQualifier(), Context, |
| 8853 | Policy, Builder); |
| 8854 | } |
| 8855 | |
| 8856 | Selector Sel = Method->getSelector(); |
| 8857 | |
| 8858 | if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) { |
| 8859 | // Unary selectors have no arguments. |
| 8860 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 8861 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0))); |
| 8862 | } else { |
| 8863 | // Add all parameters to the pattern. |
| 8864 | unsigned I = 0; |
| 8865 | for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P = Method->param_begin(), |
| 8866 | PEnd = Method->param_end(); |
| 8867 | P != PEnd; (void)++P, ++I) { |
| 8868 | // Add the part of the selector name. |
| 8869 | if (I == 0) |
| 8870 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 8871 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":" )); |
| 8872 | else if (I < Sel.getNumArgs()) { |
| 8873 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 8874 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 8875 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":" )); |
| 8876 | } else |
| 8877 | break; |
| 8878 | |
| 8879 | // Add the parameter type. |
| 8880 | QualType ParamType; |
| 8881 | if ((*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) |
| 8882 | ParamType = (*P)->getType(); |
| 8883 | else |
| 8884 | ParamType = (*P)->getOriginalType(); |
| 8885 | ParamType = ParamType.substObjCTypeArgs( |
| 8886 | Context, {}, ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter); |
| 8887 | AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(ParamType); |
| 8888 | AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(ParamType, (*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier(), |
| 8889 | Context, Policy, Builder); |
| 8890 | |
| 8891 | if (IdentifierInfo *Id = (*P)->getIdentifier()) |
| 8892 | Builder.AddTextChunk( |
| 8893 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Id->getName())); |
| 8894 | } |
| 8895 | } |
| 8896 | |
| 8897 | if (Method->isVariadic()) { |
| 8898 | if (Method->param_size() > 0) |
| 8899 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 8900 | Builder.AddTextChunk("..." ); |
| 8901 | } |
| 8902 | |
| 8903 | if (IsInImplementation && Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
| 8904 | // We will be defining the method here, so add a compound statement. |
| 8905 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 8906 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 8907 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 8908 | if (!Method->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { |
| 8909 | // If the result type is not void, add a return clause. |
| 8910 | Builder.AddTextChunk("return" ); |
| 8911 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 8912 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression" ); |
| 8913 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 8914 | } else |
| 8915 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements" ); |
| 8916 | |
| 8917 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 8918 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 8919 | } |
| 8920 | |
| 8921 | unsigned Priority = CCP_CodePattern; |
| 8922 | auto R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), Method, Priority); |
| 8923 | if (!M->second.getInt()) |
| 8924 | setInBaseClass(R); |
| 8925 | Results.AddResult(std::move(R)); |
| 8926 | } |
| 8927 | |
| 8928 | // Add Key-Value-Coding and Key-Value-Observing accessor methods for all of |
| 8929 | // the properties in this class and its categories. |
| 8930 | if (Context.getLangOpts().ObjC) { |
| 8931 | SmallVector<ObjCContainerDecl *, 4> Containers; |
| 8932 | Containers.push_back(SearchDecl); |
| 8933 | |
| 8934 | VisitedSelectorSet KnownSelectors; |
| 8935 | for (KnownMethodsMap::iterator M = KnownMethods.begin(), |
| 8936 | MEnd = KnownMethods.end(); |
| 8937 | M != MEnd; ++M) |
| 8938 | KnownSelectors.insert(M->first); |
| 8939 | |
| 8940 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(SearchDecl); |
| 8941 | if (!IFace) |
| 8942 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(SearchDecl)) |
| 8943 | IFace = Category->getClassInterface(); |
| 8944 | |
| 8945 | if (IFace) |
| 8946 | for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) |
| 8947 | Containers.push_back(Cat); |
| 8948 | |
| 8949 | if (IsInstanceMethod) { |
| 8950 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Containers.size(); I != N; ++I) |
| 8951 | for (auto *P : Containers[I]->instance_properties()) |
| 8952 | AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(P, *IsInstanceMethod, ReturnType, Context, |
| 8953 | KnownSelectors, Results); |
| 8954 | } |
| 8955 | } |
| 8956 | |
| 8957 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 8958 | |
| 8959 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 8960 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 8961 | } |
| 8962 | |
| 8963 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector( |
| 8964 | Scope *S, bool IsInstanceMethod, bool AtParameterName, ParsedType ReturnTy, |
| 8965 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents) { |
| 8966 | // If we have an external source, load the entire class method |
| 8967 | // pool from the AST file. |
| 8968 | if (ExternalSource) { |
| 8969 | for (uint32_t I = 0, N = ExternalSource->GetNumExternalSelectors(); I != N; |
| 8970 | ++I) { |
| 8971 | Selector Sel = ExternalSource->GetExternalSelector(I); |
| 8972 | if (Sel.isNull() || MethodPool.count(Sel)) |
| 8973 | continue; |
| 8974 | |
| 8975 | ReadMethodPool(Sel); |
| 8976 | } |
| 8977 | } |
| 8978 | |
| 8979 | // Build the set of methods we can see. |
| 8980 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 8981 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 8982 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 8983 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
| 8984 | |
| 8985 | if (ReturnTy) |
| 8986 | Results.setPreferredType(GetTypeFromParser(ReturnTy).getNonReferenceType()); |
| 8987 | |
| 8988 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 8989 | for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = MethodPool.begin(), |
| 8990 | MEnd = MethodPool.end(); |
| 8991 | M != MEnd; ++M) { |
| 8992 | for (ObjCMethodList *MethList = IsInstanceMethod ? &M->second.first |
| 8993 | : &M->second.second; |
| 8994 | MethList && MethList->getMethod(); MethList = MethList->getNext()) { |
| 8995 | if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(MethList->getMethod(), MK_Any, SelIdents)) |
| 8996 | continue; |
| 8997 | |
| 8998 | if (AtParameterName) { |
| 8999 | // Suggest parameter names we've seen before. |
| 9000 | unsigned NumSelIdents = SelIdents.size(); |
| 9001 | if (NumSelIdents && |
| 9002 | NumSelIdents <= MethList->getMethod()->param_size()) { |
| 9003 | ParmVarDecl *Param = |
| 9004 | MethList->getMethod()->parameters()[NumSelIdents - 1]; |
| 9005 | if (Param->getIdentifier()) { |
| 9006 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 9007 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 9008 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString( |
| 9009 | Param->getIdentifier()->getName())); |
| 9010 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 9011 | } |
| 9012 | } |
| 9013 | |
| 9014 | continue; |
| 9015 | } |
| 9016 | |
| 9017 | Result R(MethList->getMethod(), |
| 9018 | Results.getBasePriority(MethList->getMethod()), nullptr); |
| 9019 | R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size(); |
| 9020 | R.AllParametersAreInformative = false; |
| 9021 | R.DeclaringEntity = true; |
| 9022 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); |
| 9023 | } |
| 9024 | } |
| 9025 | |
| 9026 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 9027 | |
| 9028 | if (!AtParameterName && !SelIdents.empty() && |
| 9029 | SelIdents.front()->getName().startswith("init" )) { |
| 9030 | for (const auto &M : PP.macros()) { |
| 9031 | if (M.first->getName() != "NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER" ) |
| 9032 | continue; |
| 9033 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 9034 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 9035 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 9036 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 9037 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(M.first->getName())); |
| 9038 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Macro, |
| 9039 | CXCursor_MacroDefinition)); |
| 9040 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 9041 | } |
| 9042 | } |
| 9043 | |
| 9044 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 9045 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 9046 | } |
| 9047 | |
| 9048 | void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional) { |
| 9049 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 9050 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 9051 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_PreprocessorDirective); |
| 9052 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 9053 | |
| 9054 | // #if <condition> |
| 9055 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 9056 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 9057 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("if" ); |
| 9058 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 9059 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition" ); |
| 9060 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 9061 | |
| 9062 | // #ifdef <macro> |
| 9063 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("ifdef" ); |
| 9064 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 9065 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro" ); |
| 9066 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 9067 | |
| 9068 | // #ifndef <macro> |
| 9069 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("ifndef" ); |
| 9070 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 9071 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro" ); |
| 9072 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 9073 | |
| 9074 | if (InConditional) { |
| 9075 | // #elif <condition> |
| 9076 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("elif" ); |
| 9077 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 9078 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition" ); |
| 9079 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 9080 | |
| 9081 | // #else |
| 9082 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("else" ); |
| 9083 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 9084 | |
| 9085 | // #endif |
| 9086 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("endif" ); |
| 9087 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 9088 | } |
| 9089 | |
| 9090 | // #include "header" |
| 9091 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include" ); |
| 9092 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 9093 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\"" ); |
| 9094 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header" ); |
| 9095 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\"" ); |
| 9096 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 9097 | |
| 9098 | // #include <header> |
| 9099 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include" ); |
| 9100 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 9101 | Builder.AddTextChunk("<" ); |
| 9102 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header" ); |
| 9103 | Builder.AddTextChunk(">" ); |
| 9104 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 9105 | |
| 9106 | // #define <macro> |
| 9107 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("define" ); |
| 9108 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 9109 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro" ); |
| 9110 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 9111 | |
| 9112 | // #define <macro>(<args>) |
| 9113 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("define" ); |
| 9114 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 9115 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro" ); |
| 9116 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 9117 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("args" ); |
| 9118 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 9119 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 9120 | |
| 9121 | // #undef <macro> |
| 9122 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("undef" ); |
| 9123 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 9124 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro" ); |
| 9125 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 9126 | |
| 9127 | // #line <number> |
| 9128 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("line" ); |
| 9129 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 9130 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("number" ); |
| 9131 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 9132 | |
| 9133 | // #line <number> "filename" |
| 9134 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("line" ); |
| 9135 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 9136 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("number" ); |
| 9137 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 9138 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\"" ); |
| 9139 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("filename" ); |
| 9140 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\"" ); |
| 9141 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 9142 | |
| 9143 | // #error <message> |
| 9144 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("error" ); |
| 9145 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 9146 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("message" ); |
| 9147 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 9148 | |
| 9149 | // #pragma <arguments> |
| 9150 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("pragma" ); |
| 9151 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 9152 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("arguments" ); |
| 9153 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 9154 | |
| 9155 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC) { |
| 9156 | // #import "header" |
| 9157 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("import" ); |
| 9158 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 9159 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\"" ); |
| 9160 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header" ); |
| 9161 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\"" ); |
| 9162 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 9163 | |
| 9164 | // #import <header> |
| 9165 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("import" ); |
| 9166 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 9167 | Builder.AddTextChunk("<" ); |
| 9168 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header" ); |
| 9169 | Builder.AddTextChunk(">" ); |
| 9170 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 9171 | } |
| 9172 | |
| 9173 | // #include_next "header" |
| 9174 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include_next" ); |
| 9175 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 9176 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\"" ); |
| 9177 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header" ); |
| 9178 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\"" ); |
| 9179 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 9180 | |
| 9181 | // #include_next <header> |
| 9182 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include_next" ); |
| 9183 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 9184 | Builder.AddTextChunk("<" ); |
| 9185 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header" ); |
| 9186 | Builder.AddTextChunk(">" ); |
| 9187 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 9188 | |
| 9189 | // #warning <message> |
| 9190 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("warning" ); |
| 9191 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 9192 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("message" ); |
| 9193 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 9194 | |
| 9195 | // Note: #ident and #sccs are such crazy anachronisms that we don't provide |
| 9196 | // completions for them. And __include_macros is a Clang-internal extension |
| 9197 | // that we don't want to encourage anyone to use. |
| 9198 | |
| 9199 | // FIXME: we don't support #assert or #unassert, so don't suggest them. |
| 9200 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 9201 | |
| 9202 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 9203 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 9204 | } |
| 9205 | |
| 9206 | void Sema::CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S) { |
| 9207 | CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, S->getFnParent() ? Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction |
| 9208 | : Sema::PCC_Namespace); |
| 9209 | } |
| 9210 | |
| 9211 | void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition) { |
| 9212 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 9213 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 9214 | IsDefinition ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_MacroName |
| 9215 | : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_MacroNameUse); |
| 9216 | if (!IsDefinition && (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeMacros())) { |
| 9217 | // Add just the names of macros, not their arguments. |
| 9218 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 9219 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 9220 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 9221 | for (Preprocessor::macro_iterator M = PP.macro_begin(), |
| 9222 | MEnd = PP.macro_end(); |
| 9223 | M != MEnd; ++M) { |
| 9224 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 9225 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(M->first->getName())); |
| 9226 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult( |
| 9227 | Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, CXCursor_MacroDefinition)); |
| 9228 | } |
| 9229 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 9230 | } else if (IsDefinition) { |
| 9231 | // FIXME: Can we detect when the user just wrote an include guard above? |
| 9232 | } |
| 9233 | |
| 9234 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 9235 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 9236 | } |
| 9237 | |
| 9238 | void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression() { |
| 9239 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 9240 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 9241 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_PreprocessorExpression); |
| 9242 | |
| 9243 | if (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) |
| 9244 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, |
| 9245 | !CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), true); |
| 9246 | |
| 9247 | // defined (<macro>) |
| 9248 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 9249 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 9250 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 9251 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("defined" ); |
| 9252 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 9253 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 9254 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro" ); |
| 9255 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 9256 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 9257 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 9258 | |
| 9259 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 9260 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 9261 | } |
| 9262 | |
| 9263 | void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, |
| 9264 | IdentifierInfo *Macro, |
| 9265 | MacroInfo *MacroInfo, |
| 9266 | unsigned Argument) { |
| 9267 | // FIXME: In the future, we could provide "overload" results, much like we |
| 9268 | // do for function calls. |
| 9269 | |
| 9270 | // Now just ignore this. There will be another code-completion callback |
| 9271 | // for the expanded tokens. |
| 9272 | } |
| 9273 | |
| 9274 | // This handles completion inside an #include filename, e.g. #include <foo/ba |
| 9275 | // We look for the directory "foo" under each directory on the include path, |
| 9276 | // list its files, and reassemble the appropriate #include. |
| 9277 | void Sema::CodeCompleteIncludedFile(llvm::StringRef Dir, bool Angled) { |
| 9278 | // RelDir should use /, but unescaped \ is possible on windows! |
| 9279 | // Our completions will normalize to / for simplicity, this case is rare. |
| 9280 | std::string RelDir = llvm::sys::path::convert_to_slash(Dir); |
| 9281 | // We need the native slashes for the actual file system interactions. |
| 9282 | SmallString<128> NativeRelDir = StringRef(RelDir); |
| 9283 | llvm::sys::path::native(NativeRelDir); |
| 9284 | llvm::vfs::FileSystem &FS = |
| 9285 | getSourceManager().getFileManager().getVirtualFileSystem(); |
| 9286 | |
| 9287 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 9288 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 9289 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_IncludedFile); |
| 9290 | llvm::DenseSet<StringRef> SeenResults; // To deduplicate results. |
| 9291 | |
| 9292 | // Helper: adds one file or directory completion result. |
| 9293 | auto AddCompletion = [&](StringRef Filename, bool IsDirectory) { |
| 9294 | SmallString<64> TypedChunk = Filename; |
| 9295 | // Directory completion is up to the slash, e.g. <sys/ |
| 9296 | TypedChunk.push_back(IsDirectory ? '/' : Angled ? '>' : '"'); |
| 9297 | auto R = SeenResults.insert(TypedChunk); |
| 9298 | if (R.second) { // New completion |
| 9299 | const char *InternedTyped = Results.getAllocator().CopyString(TypedChunk); |
| 9300 | *R.first = InternedTyped; // Avoid dangling StringRef. |
| 9301 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 9302 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 9303 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(InternedTyped); |
| 9304 | // The result is a "Pattern", which is pretty opaque. |
| 9305 | // We may want to include the real filename to allow smart ranking. |
| 9306 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 9307 | } |
| 9308 | }; |
| 9309 | |
| 9310 | // Helper: scans IncludeDir for nice files, and adds results for each. |
| 9311 | auto AddFilesFromIncludeDir = [&](StringRef IncludeDir, |
| 9312 | bool IsSystem, |
| 9313 | DirectoryLookup::LookupType_t LookupType) { |
| 9314 | llvm::SmallString<128> Dir = IncludeDir; |
| 9315 | if (!NativeRelDir.empty()) { |
| 9316 | if (LookupType == DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework) { |
| 9317 | // For a framework dir, #include <Foo/Bar/> actually maps to |
| 9318 | // a path of Foo.framework/Headers/Bar/. |
| 9319 | auto Begin = llvm::sys::path::begin(NativeRelDir); |
| 9320 | auto End = llvm::sys::path::end(NativeRelDir); |
| 9321 | |
| 9322 | llvm::sys::path::append(Dir, *Begin + ".framework" , "Headers" ); |
| 9323 | llvm::sys::path::append(Dir, ++Begin, End); |
| 9324 | } else { |
| 9325 | llvm::sys::path::append(Dir, NativeRelDir); |
| 9326 | } |
| 9327 | } |
| 9328 | |
| 9329 | std::error_code EC; |
| 9330 | unsigned Count = 0; |
| 9331 | for (auto It = FS.dir_begin(Dir, EC); |
| 9332 | !EC && It != llvm::vfs::directory_iterator(); It.increment(EC)) { |
| 9333 | if (++Count == 2500) // If we happen to hit a huge directory, |
| 9334 | break; // bail out early so we're not too slow. |
| 9335 | StringRef Filename = llvm::sys::path::filename(It->path()); |
| 9336 | |
| 9337 | // To know whether a symlink should be treated as file or a directory, we |
| 9338 | // have to stat it. This should be cheap enough as there shouldn't be many |
| 9339 | // symlinks. |
| 9340 | llvm::sys::fs::file_type Type = It->type(); |
| 9341 | if (Type == llvm::sys::fs::file_type::symlink_file) { |
| 9342 | if (auto FileStatus = FS.status(It->path())) |
| 9343 | Type = FileStatus->getType(); |
| 9344 | } |
| 9345 | switch (Type) { |
| 9346 | case llvm::sys::fs::file_type::directory_file: |
| 9347 | // All entries in a framework directory must have a ".framework" suffix, |
| 9348 | // but the suffix does not appear in the source code's include/import. |
| 9349 | if (LookupType == DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework && |
| 9350 | NativeRelDir.empty() && !Filename.consume_back(".framework" )) |
| 9351 | break; |
| 9352 | |
| 9353 | AddCompletion(Filename, /*IsDirectory=*/true); |
| 9354 | break; |
| 9355 | case llvm::sys::fs::file_type::regular_file: |
| 9356 | // Only files that really look like headers. (Except in system dirs). |
| 9357 | if (!IsSystem) { |
| 9358 | // Header extensions from Types.def, which we can't depend on here. |
| 9359 | if (!(Filename.endswith_lower(".h" ) || |
| 9360 | Filename.endswith_lower(".hh" ) || |
| 9361 | Filename.endswith_lower(".hpp" ) || |
| 9362 | Filename.endswith_lower(".inc" ))) |
| 9363 | break; |
| 9364 | } |
| 9365 | AddCompletion(Filename, /*IsDirectory=*/false); |
| 9366 | break; |
| 9367 | default: |
| 9368 | break; |
| 9369 | } |
| 9370 | } |
| 9371 | }; |
| 9372 | |
| 9373 | // Helper: adds results relative to IncludeDir, if possible. |
| 9374 | auto AddFilesFromDirLookup = [&](const DirectoryLookup &IncludeDir, |
| 9375 | bool IsSystem) { |
| 9376 | switch (IncludeDir.getLookupType()) { |
| 9377 | case DirectoryLookup::LT_HeaderMap: |
| 9378 | // header maps are not (currently) enumerable. |
| 9379 | break; |
| 9380 | case DirectoryLookup::LT_NormalDir: |
| 9381 | AddFilesFromIncludeDir(IncludeDir.getDir()->getName(), IsSystem, |
| 9382 | DirectoryLookup::LT_NormalDir); |
| 9383 | break; |
| 9384 | case DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework: |
| 9385 | AddFilesFromIncludeDir(IncludeDir.getFrameworkDir()->getName(), IsSystem, |
| 9386 | DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework); |
| 9387 | break; |
| 9388 | } |
| 9389 | }; |
| 9390 | |
| 9391 | // Finally with all our helpers, we can scan the include path. |
| 9392 | // Do this in standard order so deduplication keeps the right file. |
| 9393 | // (In case we decide to add more details to the results later). |
| 9394 | const auto &S = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo(); |
| 9395 | using llvm::make_range; |
| 9396 | if (!Angled) { |
| 9397 | // The current directory is on the include path for "quoted" includes. |
| 9398 | auto *CurFile = PP.getCurrentFileLexer()->getFileEntry(); |
| 9399 | if (CurFile && CurFile->getDir()) |
| 9400 | AddFilesFromIncludeDir(CurFile->getDir()->getName(), false, |
| 9401 | DirectoryLookup::LT_NormalDir); |
| 9402 | for (const auto &D : make_range(S.quoted_dir_begin(), S.quoted_dir_end())) |
| 9403 | AddFilesFromDirLookup(D, false); |
| 9404 | } |
| 9405 | for (const auto &D : make_range(S.angled_dir_begin(), S.angled_dir_end())) |
| 9406 | AddFilesFromDirLookup(D, false); |
| 9407 | for (const auto &D : make_range(S.system_dir_begin(), S.system_dir_end())) |
| 9408 | AddFilesFromDirLookup(D, true); |
| 9409 | |
| 9410 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 9411 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 9412 | } |
| 9413 | |
| 9414 | void Sema::CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage() { |
| 9415 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, |
| 9416 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_NaturalLanguage, nullptr, |
| 9417 | 0); |
| 9418 | } |
| 9419 | |
| 9420 | void Sema::CodeCompleteAvailabilityPlatformName() { |
| 9421 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 9422 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 9423 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
| 9424 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 9425 | static const char *Platforms[] = {"macOS" , "iOS" , "watchOS" , "tvOS" }; |
| 9426 | for (const char *Platform : llvm::makeArrayRef(Platforms)) { |
| 9427 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Platform)); |
| 9428 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Results.getAllocator().CopyString( |
| 9429 | Twine(Platform) + "ApplicationExtension" ))); |
| 9430 | } |
| 9431 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 9432 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 9433 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 9434 | } |
| 9435 | |
| 9436 | void Sema::GatherGlobalCodeCompletions( |
| 9437 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, |
| 9438 | SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results) { |
| 9439 | ResultBuilder Builder(*this, Allocator, CCTUInfo, |
| 9440 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery); |
| 9441 | if (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { |
| 9442 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Builder, |
| 9443 | Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); |
| 9444 | LookupVisibleDecls(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), LookupAnyName, |
| 9445 | Consumer, |
| 9446 | !CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 9447 | } |
| 9448 | |
| 9449 | if (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) |
| 9450 | AddMacroResults(PP, Builder, |
| 9451 | !CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), true); |
| 9452 | |
| 9453 | Results.clear(); |
| 9454 | Results.insert(Results.end(), Builder.data(), |
| 9455 | Builder.data() + Builder.size()); |
| 9456 | } |
| 9457 | |